Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Communities and Housing Policy Board - 19/05/2026

Renfrewshire Council · 19 May 2026
Back to Communities and Housing Policy Board — 19 May 2026 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Some pages contain no extractable text. They may be blank, graphics or scanned pages. OCR has not been applied.

Page 1

12/05/2026
Notice of Meeting and Agenda
Communities and Housing Policy Board
Date Time Venue
Tuesday, 19 May 2026 13:00 Council Chambers (Renfrewshire),
Council Headquarters, Renfrewshire
House, Cotton Street, Paisley, PA1 1AN
Membership
Councillor Marie McGurk (Convener): Councillor Robert Innes (Vice Convener):
Councillor Jacqueline Cameron: Councillor Graeme Clark: Councillor Carolann Davidson:
Councillor Gillian Graham: Councillor John Hood: Councillor James MacLaren: Councillor Kenny
MacLaren: Councillor Mags MacLaren: Councillor Janis McDonald: Councillor Cathy McEwan:
Councillor Iain McMillan: Councillor John McNaughtan: Councillor Kevin Montgomery: Councillor
Iain Nicolson: Councillor Emma Rodden:
Members of the Press and Public
Members of the press and public wishing to attend the meeting should report to the customer
service centre where they will be met and directed to the meeting.
Further Information
This is a meeting which is open to members of the public.
A copy of the agenda and reports for this meeting will be available for inspection prior to the
meeting at the Customer Service Centre, Renfrewshire House, Cotton Street, Paisley and online
at  http://renfrewshire.cmis.uk.com/renfrewshire/CouncilandBoards.aspx
For further information, please email
democratic-services@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
MARK CONAGHAN
Head of Corporate Governance

Page 2

12/05/2026
Hybrid Meeting
Please note that this meeting is scheduled to be held in the Council Chambers.  However, it is a
hybrid meeting and arrangements have been made for members to join the meeting remotely
should they wish.
Webcasting of Meeting
This meeting will be filmed for live or subsequent broadcast via the Council’s internet site – at
the start of the meeting the Convener will confirm if all or part of the meeting is being filmed.  To
find the webcast please navigate to
https://renfrewshire.public-i.tv/core/portal/home

Page 3

12/05/2026
Items of business  
Apologies
Apologies from members.
Declarations of Interest and Transparency Statements
Members are asked to declare an interest or make a transparency
statement in any item(s) on the agenda and to provide a brief
explanation of the nature of the interest or the transparency statement.
1 Service Update Report
Report by Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure.
1 - 8
2 Environment, Housing and Infrastructure - 2025/28
Service Improvement Plan – Outturn Report
Report by Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure.
9 - 46
3 Environment, Housing and Infrastructure (EHI) Health,
Safety and Wellbeing Plan 2025\28: Annual Report
Report by Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure.
47 - 60
4 Environment, Housing and Infrastructure - 2026/29
Service Improvement Plan
Report by Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure.
61 - 104
5 Environment, Housing & Infrastructure (EHI) Health,
Safety and Wellbeing Plan 2026/29
Report by Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure.
105 - 122
6 Social Housing Charter Performance 2025/26 and 2026
Engagement Plan
Report by Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure.
123 - 148
7 Housing Landlord Compliance – Bi-annual Performance
Report
Report by Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure.
149 - 168

Page 4

12/05/2026
8 Housing Asset and Investment Programme 2025/26
Update
Report by Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure.
169 - 200
9 Homelessness in Renfrewshire – Action Plan
Report by Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure.
201 - 220
10 Conclusion of Single Voids Team Pilot
Report by Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure.
221 - 228
11 YouDecide Tenant Fund – Year 1 Update
Report by Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure.
229 - 236
12 Housing Revenue Account (HRA) Acquisitions and
Disposals Update 2026
Report by Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure.
237 - 242
13 Private Sector Housing Investment Programme 2026/27
Report by Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure.
243 - 250
14 Standard Security and Payment Arrangements to Support
Owner Participation in Mixed-Tenure Housing Investment
Joint report by Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure and
Director of Finance and Resources.
251 - 256
15 Surplus declaration of land at Arkleston Road, Paisley
Report by Chief Executive.
257 - 260
16 Prevent Update 2026
Report by Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure.
261 - 272
17 Community Funding Update
Report by Chief Executive.
273 - 280
18 Connected Communities – 6 Monthly Update
Report by Chief Executive. 
281 - 290

Page 5

12/05/2026
EXCLUSION OF PRESS AND PUBLIC
The Board may by resolution exclude the press and public from the
meeting during consideration of the following items of business as
it is likely, in view of the nature of the business to be transacted,
that if members of the press and public are present, there could be
disclosure to them of exempt information as defined in paragraph 9
of Part I of Schedule 7A of the Local Government (Scotland) Act,
1973.
Exempt Item
Exempt documents are no longer available in print format.  You will
require to log in to Communities and Housing Exempt Items to access
documents.  Please note that access to exempt documents is now
restricted.
19 Proposed Sale – 42 Fauldshead Road, Renfrew
Report by Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure.

Page 6

No embedded text on this page.

Page 7

PUBLIC   
___________________________________________________________________     
To:   Communities and Housing Policy Board       
On:               19 May 2026    
___________________________________________________________________      
Report by:  Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure     
___________________________________________________________________     
Heading:   Service Update Report     
___________________________________________________________________     
1. Summary     
1.1 This report provides an overview of key service activities since the last Policy
Board report on 10 March 2026 and an update on the services and key
projects delivered during this period.     
1.2  Further information and details of service delivery can be found in a number of
other reports being presented to the Communities and Housing Policy Board
today. 
1.3 Specifically, the report requests that the Policy Board homologate the decision
of the Head of Housing Services, in consultation with the Convener, to accept
Scottish Government grant funding to support the delivery of housing led
regeneration programme and Rental Off The Shelf (ROTS).
___________________________________________________________________     
2.    Recommendations     
It is recommended that the Communities and Housing Policy Board:   
2.1 Note the contents of this report.   
2.2   Homologate the decision of the Head of Housing Services, in consultation with
the Convener, to accept Scottish Government grant funding totalling
£1,221,074.22 to support the delivery of housing led regeneration programme
open market purchases as set out in paragraph 3.2.4 of this report. 
___________________________________________________________________   
Item 1
CHPB190526 Page 1 of 290

Page 8

PUBLIC
Updates for Communities and Housing Policy Board     
3.   Housing Services     
3.1     Housing Innovation Project (HIP)   
3.1.1  Phase 1 of the project continues to progress, with an additional data migration
exercise now scheduled for May 2026, in advance of the second test cycle
which will take place during July 2026. On satisfactory completion of these
stages, it is anticipated Phase 1 of the project will go live during Q3 2026. 
3.1.2  Preparations for Phase 2 continue, with workshops underway and recruitment
of team members to the project team for this second phase of the project in
progress. 
3.2 Housing-Led Regeneration and Renewal   
3.2.1 Improvement works continue across the project area with ongoing dialogue
with owners in mixed tenure blocks to discuss further participation where
possible, including the option of buying back properties where this would allow
works to be progressed. The installation of triple glazed windows also
continues to progress well, with 351 Council homes within housing-led
regeneration and renewal areas now in receipt of their new windows.
Feedback to date has been very positive with tenants commenting on the
difference the windows have made to the properties both in terms of comfort
and aesthetics. 
3.2.2  The design work for Waverley Road retention blocks has been completed. The
tenant event that took place in March for the Waverley Road area was
received extremely well by those who attended. Officers were able to
showcase the designs for the external improvement of the blocks and the
surrounding common areas, including the new balconies and waste
management arrangements proposed. The programme for the delivery of
these works on site will be agreed once all statutory approvals are in place. 
3.2.3  Buy backs in advance of demolition works continues to progress well. 33 of
the 99 blocks approved for demolition have now either been demolished (23)
or are part of the tendering process (10) for progression over the summer
months. Further phased demolition will take place across the programme as
blocks become fully Council owned and vacant. 
3.2.4  The Board is asked to homologate the decision of the Head of Housing
Services, in consultation with the Convener of the Communities and Housing
Policy Board, to accept Scottish Government grant funding of £1,221,074.22,
details of each project amount are provided below: 
• Springbank Ph1 - £270,651.12 
• Springbank Ph2 - £32,500 
• Broomlands - £247,591.60
• Regeneration Open Market purchases - £294,084.50
• Rental Off The Shelf - £376,247 
Page 2 of 290

Page 9

PUBLIC
3.3  Newbuild Update 
Following the Board’s approval on 21 May 2024 to accept Scottish
Government grant funding of £10,022,083 and £9,630,795 for the housing
regeneration projects at Howwood Road and Gallowhill respectively grant
drawdown for the 2025/26 newbuild programme amounted to £4,597,641.68
at Gallowhill and £2,333,668.78 at Howwood Road. 
3.4  Service Improvement:  Renfrewshire Council Housing Policy in relation
to Domestic Abuse – Consultation 
3.4.1  Following enactment of the Housing (Scotland) Act 2025, there is now a legal
requirement for social landlords to develop and implement a policy that sets
out how they will support tenants at risk of homelessness due to domestic
abuse. 
3.4.2 As such the Service has been developing a draft Housing Policy in relation to
Domestic Abuse. This draft policy has been produced through close working
with various services across the council, partners, external organisations and
other groups who support victims and survivors of domestic abuse. 
3.4.3 The service will shortly undertake a consultative exercise to gauge final views
on the draft policy. This consultation will run for between four and six weeks,
where views on the draft policy will be sought from partners, interested
agencies, tenants and other stakeholders. 
3.4.4 Following conclusion of consultation, a finalised Housing Policy in relation to
Domestic Abuse will be presented to the policy board for approval. 
3.5 Housing Asset and Investment   
Stock Condition Survey Update 
3.5.1  As previously reported to the Board, a programme of stock condition surveys
is underway to meet the Scottish Housing Regulator’s requirements for review
every five years and to validate our Scottish Housing Quality Standard
(SHQS) compliance rates. Whilst the surveys completed to date have had little
impact on overall SHQS compliance rates, the overall quality and accuracy of
data held on the condition of individual blocks and properties has been
improved. This helps to define future investment requirements and informs our
business plan. 
Year 1 Year 2 Total
External Surveys  4086 2976 7062
Internal Surveys  2101 1741 3842
EPCs (for properties with no valid EPC
or where due within 2 years) 
1384 1139 2523 
Page 3 of 290

Page 10

PUBLIC
3.5.2  The data from Year 2 surveys has been interfaced into our asset management
database system Apex and analysed. For external building condition, the main
areas of change to data held in Apex are in relation to the condition of
communal doors, door entry systems and communal windows. This is a similar
pattern to Year 1. Internally, some changes to data for kitchens, bathrooms,
heating, smoke and heat detection. Any identification of specific repairs from
the surveys, including the identification of mould, are followed up by our
repairs team. 
3.5.3  Over the first two years, access for external surveys is over 90%, access rates
for internal surveys remain lower than expected at around 50% (target: 67%),
despite tenant notifications and follow-up calling cards. Surveyors attempt
access three times before marking a property as ‘no access’. Optional Years 4
and 5 of the contracts,  will allow revisits to be made for these properties. 
3.5.4  The stock condition survey is now in Year 3 of a 5-year programme, focusing
on our multi storey and sheltered housing blocks, plus homes in Johnstone
and the villages. The surveys will be arranged in phases from April 2026 to
March 2027 and tenants will be lettered a few weeks prior to each phase in
their area, to let them know that our surveyors will be requiring access.   
When access is unsuccessful, cards are left with contractor contact details for
tenants to make alternative arrangements for access. 
HRA Roads, Walkways and Footpaths 
3.5.5  There is a significant network of unadopted roads, walkways and footpaths
held within the Housing Revenue Account (HRA) across Renfrewshire which is
the responsibility of the housing service in terms of repairs and maintenance.
This comprises approximately to 5km of carriageway, 36km of footway, and 27
km of footpath. 
3.5.6 Historically, enquiries and complaints relating to roads, walkways and
footpaths have been complex for customers, elected members and internal
service teams, as the service area responsible for maintenance depends on
ownership and adoption status. This has resulted in delays, inconsistent
responses, and variation in approaches to inspection, maintenance, and
repair. 
3.5.7   To improve the service, arrangements have now been made to have all roads
inspections and repairs carried out by the Roads team, with Housing Services
retaining responsibility for managing the budget and prioritising planned
maintenance. 
Page 4 of 290

Page 11

PUBLIC
3.5.8 The key advantages of this are: 
- Dedicated officer with expertise in roads, walkways and footpath inspection
and maintenance.
- Improved customer services through the streamlining of the management
of enquiries and complaints in relation to HRA roads, walkways and
footpaths.
- Earlier identification of safety-critical defects and faster progression of
urgent repairs.
- Improved condition data to inform the Housing Business Plan and future
investment decisions. 
- Delivering the action within the Housing Asset Management Plan; to
capture the extent of unadopted HRA assets on GIS and carry out a
condition survey to provide a baseline for adding to APEX.
- Release of capacity within the Housing Repairs and Maintenance team to
focus on other core housing repair and maintenance services. 
3.5.9  The new arrangements will be subject to ongoing monitoring and review to
ensure they continue to deliver improved performance, value for money, and
better customer outcomes. 
4.    Public Protection         
4.1 Environmental Health   
4.1.1 To support the delivery of Environmental Health Services, and in the current
national challenges of recruiting Environmental Health Officers, the Service
has been looking toward ‘growing our own’ Officers. As part of this, a Trainee
Technical Officer (Food Law) has successfully completed their scheme of
practical training and passed their professional exams. The Officer is now
working as a food law enforcement Officer, and the Service is looking to
employ a further trainee to continue the training and development of staff to
work in this specialised field. 
4.1.2 The Environmental Task Force, which sat within the Team Up to Clean Up
service has, from 1 April, moved into the Environmental Health Team. This
restructure forms part of the wider Public Protection Review and as the
Officers within the Task Force already work very closely with Environmental
Health staff, significant benefits will be realised by bringing these functions
under one Service. The Task Force will continue to have a focus on fly-tipping,
including exploring how the use of emerging technologies can assist with the
prevention and detection of such crime. Officers will also be involved in
ensuring commercial premises comply with their statutory duties in respect of
waste production, segregation for recycling, secure storage, and disposal.
Officers will be provided with training to support them in this role. 
Page 5 of 290

Page 12

PUBLIC
4.2 Community Safety   
4.2.1 Following continued Greater Resilience in Partnership (GRIP) meetings with
Police Scotland and partner agencies, a month-long violence prevention and
awareness campaign has been delivered across Renfrewshire throughout
April 2026. The campaign aimed to highlight the dangers and long-term
consequences of violence and to signpost young people, parents, carers and
teachers to appropriate support and educational resources. 
4.2.2   The initiative was delivered in partnership with Fearless, the youth service of
Crimestoppers, and No Knives, Better Lives (NKBL). Activity took place online,
within secondary schools and at community events. As part of this work,
awareness activity took place at the St Mirren v Aberdeen match on 4 April
2026, supported by NKBL messaging and Police Scotland Youth Volunteers. 
4.2.3  Information and resources is also being shared with parents, carers and
teachers across Renfrewshire schools to encourage early intervention and
preventative conversations. 
4.2.4  Renfrewshire Council’s Warden Service supported the campaign through local
engagement, visibility within communities and by reinforcing key messages
during routine patrols and interactions with young people and families. 
__________________________________________________________________   
Implications of the Report         
1. Financial – Any financial elements referenced in this report will be progressed
through the Council’s financial & budget planning process.           
2. HR & Organisational Development – None.         
3. Community/Council Planning – The report details a range of activities which
reflect local community and council planning themes.         
4. Legal – None.           
5. Property/Assets – None.         
6. Information Technology – None.         
7. Equality & Human Rights – The recommendations contained within this
report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human
rights.  No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of
individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from the
recommendations contained in the report. If required following implementation,
the actual impact of the recommendations and the mitigating actions will be
reviewed and monitored, and the results of the assessment will be published
on the Council’s website.      
8. Health & Safety – None.         
9. Procurement – None.    
Page 6 of 290

Page 13

PUBLIC     
10. Risk – None.         
11. Privacy Impact – None.         
12. Climate Risk – there are a range of actions and activities throughout the
Service Update Report which support the Council’s Plan for Net Zero.         
13. Children’s Rights – None.         
14. Cosla Policy Position – None.   
__________________________________________________________________   
List of Background Papers:  None.     
___________________________________________________________________         
Author: Gordon McNeil, Director of Environment, Housing & Infrastructure     
Email: Gordon.mcneil@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 7 of 290

Page 14

Page 8 of 290

Page 15

PUBLIC
___________________________________________________________________ 
To: Communities and Housing Policy Board 
On: 19 May 2026
___________________________________________________________________ 
Report by: Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure 
___________________________________________________________________ 
Heading: Environment, Housing and Infrastructure - Service Improvement
Plan 2025-28 Outturn Report
___________________________________________________________________ 
1. Summary 
1.1 The Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Service Improvement Plan
2025-28 was approved by the Communities and Housing Policy Board on 13
May 2025. The plan sets out the priorities for the development of the service
over a three-year period.   
1.2 The Service Improvement Plan is part of a suite of documents which describe
the strategic direction of the service and the Council and also includes the
Council Plan, Community Plan, Risk Management Plan and the Workforce
Plan. 
1.3 The Service Improvement Plan is a comprehensive statement of the
outcomes the service aims to achieve, and the actions it will take to achieve
these. It fits within the wider planning framework of the Council by taking
account of Community Planning themes and Council priorities as set out in
the Council Plan which was refreshed in June 2025. 
1.4 Full details of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure performance and
achievements over the period 1 April 2025 to 31 March 2026 are appended to
this report. The main purpose of the report is to provide: 
• details of the key achievements of the service over the period;
• a progress update on implementing the action plan linked to the 2025-28
Service Improvement Plan; and
• an assessment of performance in relation to the service scorecard of core
performance indicators; 
Item 2
CHPB190526 Page 9 of 290

Page 16

PUBLIC
1.5 During 2025/26, the service has made good progress in delivering positive
outcomes for Renfrewshire and its residents. This includes through the
actions within the Service Improvement Plan and also other areas of activity
which did not form part of the Service Improvement Plan actions which have
subsequently arisen during 2025/26. 
1.6  A new Service Improvement Plan covering the period 2026-29 is also being
presented to this meeting of the Communities and Housing Policy Board.  
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations 
It is recommended that the Communities and Housing Policy Board: 
2.1 Note the content of this report. 
2.2 Note the progress to date on delivering the actions contained within the
Environment, Housing and Infrastructure - Service Improvement Plan. 
2.3 Note the current performance of the service as measured by the scorecard
indicators.
___________________________________________________________________ 
3.  Background 
3.1 The Service Improvement Plan is a comprehensive statement of the
outcomes the service aims to achieve, and the actions it will take to achieve
these. It fits within the wider planning framework of the Council by taking
account of Community Planning themes and Council priorities as set out in
the Council Plan. It enables elected members to have oversight of
developments within the service and to consider and develop policy options
which reflect customer need and resource availability. 
3.2 The Service Improvement Plan also provides a mechanism by which elected
members can evaluate the performance of the service. It contains an action
plan and performance indicators against which progress can be measured.
This outturn report provides an update on progress against the 2025-28 plan. 
4. Key Achievements April 2025 to March 2026 
4.1 Environment, Housing and Infrastructure continues to deliver essential
frontline services across Renfrewshire. Key achievements for Environment,
Housing and Infrastructure under the remit of the Communities and Housing
Policy Board are detailed throughout the action plan and performance
indicators in the appendix. 
5. Areas where actions have been delayed or cancelled 
5.1 There has been no significant delay in the delivery of the actions contained
within the Service Improvement Plan.  
Page 10 of 290

Page 17

PUBLIC
6. Progress against performance measures 
6.1 Environment, Housing and Infrastructure report on 22 performance indicators,
9 which are reported annually and 13 reported quarterly. 
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial – The Service Improvement Plan highlights resourcing pressures
arising from increasing demand for services and the current financial
environment.   
2. HR & Organisational Development – The Service Improvement Plan also
highlights workforce development and wellbeing considerations. 
3. Community/Council Planning – The report details a range of activities which
reflect Council and Community Planning themes and a direct link to the
delivery of the Council Plan. 
4. Legal – none. 
5. Property/Assets – none. 
6. Information Technology – Service developments relating to information
technology are key enablers of service improvement and modernisation and
support service-level and corporate objectives. 
7. Equality & Human Rights – The Recommendations contained within this
report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human
rights.  No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of
individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from the
recommendations contained in the report.  If required following implementation,
the actual impact of the recommendations and the mitigating actions will be
reviewed and monitored, and the results of the assessment will be published
on the Council’s website. 
8. Health & Safety – none. 
9. Procurement – none. 
10. Risk – Risks related to the delivery and management of services are regularly
monitored and included in Renfrewshire Council’s Corporate and Strategic
Risk Registers and the service’s risk register. 
11. Privacy Impact – none. 
12. Climate Change – Actions and indicators within the SIP covers the ‘green’
theme of Renfrewshire’s Council Plan which highlights activities across the
Council to tackle climate change. 
Page 11 of 290

Page 18

PUBLIC
13. Children’s Rights – none. 
14. Cosla Policy Position – none.
___________________________________________________________________ 
List of Background Papers: 
Communities and Housing Policy Board; 13 May 2025 (Agenda item 4) -
Environment, Housing and Infrastructure – Service Improvement Plan 2025-28 
Communities and Housing Policy Board; 28 October 2025 (Agenda item 4) -
Environment, Housing and Infrastructure - Service Improvement Plan 2025-28 Mid-
Year Monitoring Report 
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author: Gordon McNeil, Director of Environment, Housing & Infrastructure  
Email:  gordon.mcneil@renfrewshire.gov.uk  
Page 12 of 290

Page 19

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
ENVIRONMENT,  HOUSING AND
INFRASTRUCTURE
SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN 2025-2028
Outturn Report
May 2026
Communities and Housing Policy Board
Item 2
CHPB190526 Page 13 of 290

Page 20

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
WELCOME TO OUR OUTTURN REPORT
• This update reflects progress over the last year of our Service Improvement Plan, highlighting areas where
we are already making progress and some areas we want to focus on more, perhaps because
performance isn’t moving in the direction we anticipated or because of other pressures or factors that
makes this even more of a priority for us.
• The following pages shine a spotlight on some great projects or practice and highlight areas where we’d
like to improve or develop further.  At a service level, there is a stronger focus on some of the Council Plan
Strategic Outcomes than others. Towards the end of this document, you’ll find a full update against all the
actions and performance indicators we use to measure progress.
• We report on 22 performance indicators, 9 are reported annually and 13 reported quarterly. This report
contains data pertaining to Quarterly figures throughout 2025/26 and annual figures for 2025/26.
Page 14 of 290

Page 21

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
ABOUT US
This update covers the Environment, Housing and Infrastructure service areas within the remit of the
Communities and Housing Policy Board. These are:
Housing Services
Responsibilities include:
• As at, 31 March 2026  the housing
stock being managed is 11,942
• Providing services to Council
tenants, alongside housing advice
and support
• Assisting homeless people and
those threatened with
homelessness
• Ensuring people have safe and
healthy places to live
Public Protection
Responsibilities include:
• Regulatory and Public Protection
services including partnership
working with police, fire and
other multiagency partners
• Helping to keep people safe
through the Community Safety
Hub
• Safeguarding the public and
protecting consumers through
Trading Standards and
Environmental Health
Civil Contingencies
Responsibilities include:
• Providing support to all services
across the Council to ensure they
have robust arrangements in place
for the continued delivery of essential
services in the event of significant
incidents such as disruptive weather
or widespread power outage.
• Civil Contingencies service has
provided emergency planning for
Renfrewshire, and on behalf of East
Renfrewshire, Inverclyde and West
Dunbartonshire council areas
Page 15 of 290

Page 22

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Many of our Business as Usual
functions are determined by
reports approved at board. 
For Environment, Housing &
Infrastructure, reports are
presented to different Policy
Boards depending on the
topic. Papers and access to
video recordings of past
meetings are available on the
Council’s website.
KEY PLANS, STRATEGIES AND REPORTS APPROVED
DURING 2025/26
Local Transport
Strategy – Travel
Renfrewshire 2035
Carbon
Management Plan
2025-2030
New Assisted
Collection Service
Policy
Housing Landlord
Compliance
Policies
Renfrewshire
Strategic Housing
Investment Plan
2026 to 2031
Corporate Asset
Management
Strategy 2026 to
2030
Renfrewshire
Council Business
Continuity Policy
2025-2027
Housing Asset
Management
Strategy
2025-2030
Environmental
Health Business
Regulation Service
Plan 2025/2026
Page 16 of 290

Page 23

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
DELIVERING THE COUNCIL PLAN
Place Green
At the end of March 2026, Team Ups
membership exceeds 9,000 members and
continues to be an active site with daily
public engagement with a focus on
positive environmental behaviours.
Climate Change Impact Assessment has been
successfully piloted and is being rolled out
across with Environment, Housing and
Infrastructure prior to Council wide roll out over
the summer period.
Housing-led Regeneration and Renewal - as part
of our investment in Renfrewshire as a place,
positive progress is being made across all areas of
the programme. The acquisition and rehousing
strategy is making good progressing and various
phases of demolition are being taken forward as
blocks become fully council-owned and vacant
Care Inspectorate registration for Refugee
Resettlement Team achieved
Stock of temporary accommodation being increased in response to demand pressures, and
lettings target being met. Continuing to use RRTP funding to deploy staff to assist with
resettlement from temporary to settled accommodation, and upscaling of the use of the Housing
First approach. Policy Board regularly updated, with further progress report being submitted in May
2026.
Page 17 of 290

Page 24

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
PLACE
Achievements New rent charging policy for temporary
accommodation has been implemented
from April 2025
In February and March, we successfully launched the ‘New Harbour Project’ to build
on the success of MyLA (My Life Ahead) project, supporting those whose settled
housing may be affected by drug / alcohol use.
We continue to upscale the use of Housing First
approach to assist resettlement from temporary to
settled accommodation by utilising RRTP funding to
deploy staff providing regular updates to Policy
Board.
The first year of the Anti-Social  Behaviour app’s
implementation is complete, successfully making a
transition from a pilot to an established core tool
supporting our approach to case management and
customer engagement.
Our approach to dog fouling enforcement has been successful with
planned days of action have been taking place with Officers engaging with
the public and targeting hotspot areas for enforcement visits. Redesigned
signage as part of the awareness campaign has been distributed to
Elected Members, Wardens staff and wider advertising within bus stops
and social media ads placed to support the campaign.
We continue to make significant progress with the 10-year Housing-led regeneration programme this includes
o Owner acquisitions continue with positive progress with 70 of the 89 privately owned properties now within Council ownership.
o Tenant Rehousing programmes and demolition of vacant blocks is progressing well with 33 of 99 blocks progressed for
demolition.
Housing Asset Management Strategy and Action Plan
approved at the October 2025 Board
Howwood Road (70 units) and Gallowhill (65 units) new build developments both started on site late 2025.  Works are progressing well with the
first set of timber kits now being erected. The first homes are expected to be ready for handover late 2026 for both projects.
Roads and Neighbourhood Services have worked in partnership to
deliver the first year of the roundabout upgrade programme which
is transforming tired, overgrown roundabouts into tidy, easily
maintained assets that will enhance the road network. In 2025/26,
we completed 12 roundabouts.
Page 18 of 290

Page 25

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
ECONOMY
Achievements
We have completed the review of all animal licence conditions. When new legislation is enforceable, new
licence conditions will be developed to ensure the welfare of animals is secured within such licensable
activities.
Implementation of the ban on the sale and supply of single use nicotine vaping products is complete.
Compliance levels continue to be high, and new requirements have been in place for a year, the work is
now embedded as ‘business as usual’.
The Neighbourhood Environment Trainee Teams (NETT) continue to deliver strong operational performance across our housing estates
following expansion to four squads with a seven-day service model now fully embedded. The volume of jobs increased in 2025/26, by
34% compared to the previous year, garden jobs increased significantly, an increase of 179%. Ground clearance’s also increased by
45%, while bulk uplift, our highest volume service, increased slightly by 13%.
In 2025–26, Renfrewshire’s Housing Investment Programme invested around £15 million to improve the energy efficiency of existing homes
through better insulation, solar panels, and triple glazing, reducing heating costs and helping tackle fuel poverty, and commenced the
construction of 135 new energy efficient homes in Gallowhill and Johnstone, spending £6.9 million over 2025-26.. The investment has delivered
strong community benefits, and across a range of housing investment contracts, 64 residents are either currently employed or have recently
completed a range of employment and training opportunities including work experience and apprenticeships, allowing these residents to improve
their skills and qualifications, enhancing their future employment opportunities and in addition, almost £6 million of spending to Renfrewshire
based companies, boosting the local economy and supply chain.’
Page 19 of 290

Page 26

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
FAIR
Achievements
Over the full reporting year, Housing Services has continued to work closely with Advice Works, Employability Services, the Energy
Management Unit, Citizens Advice Bureau, Social Work and Housing Support resulting  in tenants receiving timely, effective specialist
support aimed at improving financial stability and sustaining tenancies. Across the year, a total of 754 referrals were submitted on behalf
of council tenants. This collaborative approach continues to play a key role in sustaining tenancies, preventing arrears escalation, and
supporting wider cost-of-living resilience across communities. Several sources of additional assistance was accessed. In monetary terms
this equates to £15,735,110 between 1st April and 31st March 2026
Universal Credit migration activity progressed well
throughout the year, Housing Officers continuing proactive
engagement and support for all identified tenants. Housing
Benefit colleagues providing early notification enabling
timely contact, guidance, and referrals to ensure claims are
made on time and housing cost contributions protected.
The Council received £17.846M from the Scottish Government to
support the delivery of new build and the acquisition of rental off the
shelf (ROTS) affordable homes across Renfrewshire. This allocation
was full spent, and the Council received additional funding from the
Scottish Government, bringing the total SHIP spend across
Renfrewshire to just over £20 million in 2025/26.
The Tenant Participation Strategy 2022–2027 achievements include communication, digital engagement, tenant
consultation, and support for Tenants’ and Residents’ Associations (TARAs). Key developments include
o strengthened digital participation,
o increased use of surveys to shape service decisions,
o expansion of Quality Circle inspections,
o enhanced communication channels,
o and active consultation within regeneration areas.
o Tenants’ priorities continue to centre on repairs and maintenance, which is reflected in service planning.
o a simpler registration process by moving to a single category (“registered”)
o introduction of a clearer, fairer grant model consisting of a basic payment plus an amount per council
tenancy.
Digital Noticeboards have been installed at
Monkdykes and Speirsfield Gardens
Complexes and identifying potential
sources of funding to roll out across other
sheltered complexes. 
Page 20 of 290

Page 27

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
GREEN
A presentation was delivered to peers from KSB, SEPA and other local authorities at an Improvement Service
event where Team Up was recognised as promoting best practice across Scotland.
Achievements
Following the successful pilot the Climate
Change Impact Assessment is now being piloted
with EH&I projects prior to Council wide roll out
over the summer period.
Renfrewshire Council’s Carbon Management Plan (CMP) was
finalised and approved by ILE in November 2025. Delivery of the
plan is now being taken forward over the next 5 years to reduce the
Council’s emissions in a number of service areas.
At the end of March 2026, Team Ups membership exceeds 9,000
members and continues to be an active site with daily public
engagement with a focus on positive environmental behaviours.
£5,000 has been recovered as a result of the Taskforce
supporting SEPA to issue 2 Variable Monetary Penalties to
Renfrewshire fly-tippers.
The Gallowhill multi storey flats ground source heating project
progressed well during 2025. This project will replace tenants’
gas heating systems with new energy efficient heat pumps and
upgraded radiators. The project is one of the first of its kind in
Scotland and has been supported by £1.8M funding from
Scottish Government. Works are scheduled for completion by
the end of 2026.
80 “Grit Kits” were delivered to volunteers who requested equipment to increase
safety across their neighbourhoods and local streets during periods of frost or
snow.  
Recycling Improvement Funding from Zero Waste
Scotland enabled us to promote food waste recycling to
80,000 homes, improve recycling facilities at
8,140 flats and extend food and garden waste recycling
to 6000 more homes
Page 21 of 290

Page 28

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Living our Values
Achievements
• Environment, Housing & Infrastructure continue to proactively support and encourage development of new ways of working where possible
including the widespread use of technology, such as M365 and GIS mapping, to improve collaborative working and streamline processes.
• Robust and up to date business continuity arrangements are in place across all services and are supported with ongoing training, scenario
planning and exercises
• Work has been undertaken to complete actions identified from Audit reports (Internal Audit and External Audit) and accreditations,
including maintaining British Standards ISO 9001 for identified services, have been retained
• The Environment, Housing & Infrastructure Health and Safety Plan 2025/26 annual report and an updated Environment, Housing &
Infrastructure Health & Safety Plan 2026 – 2029 will be considered by the appropriate Board in May/June 2025.    Work has taken place
across services throughout 2025/26 to review health and safety and risk assessments.
• A series of events were held at Underwood Road Depot in November 2025 to promote awareness of Men's Mental Health and the support
available to employees.  A further event focusing on health and wellbeing was held in March 2026.
• Over 40 members of staff from Environment, Housing and Infrastructure were nominated for Living our Values during 2025/26.
• A new Personal Development Plan (PDP) for employees with access to the Council's network was rolled out in 2025/26. Over
710 employees have completed this, over 92% of our networked staff, and a wide range of training identified. This will be
extended to pilot a suitable approach for our frontline employees.
Page 22 of 290

Page 29

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
ACTIONS AND INDICATORS
Communities and Housing Policy Board May 2026
Page 23 of 290

Page 30

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
DELIVERING THE SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN– PLACE
What we will do Due
Date
Status Progress Update
The new Housing (Scotland) Act will be introduced during
2025/26, and this will include new duties in relation to
homeless prevention
March 2026
Implementation of Scottish Government’s proposed new duties has been put back to 2026-27,
Homeless Services currently participating in a HSCP pilot on the impact of ‘Ask & Act’ duty on
public bodies.
Continuing to meet the challenges of the local/national
pressures around homelessness. March  2026
Range of actions being taken to mitigate the impact of the demand pressures on social rented
housing in general, and Homeless & Housing Support Services.
Further update being provided to the Policy Board in May 2026.
Implement new rent charging policy for temporary
accommodation April 2026 New policy implemented from April 2025.
Review the findings from independent assessment of
MyLA (My Life Ahead) project, and ensure the lessons
learned are incorporated in the support provided to those
whose settled housing may be affected by drug / alcohol
use.
March 2026
‘New Harbour Project’ launched in February/March 2026 to build on the success of MyLA.
Deliver the key outputs from the 7th year of Renfrewshire’s
Rapid Rehousing Transition Plan (RRTP) and ensure the
supply of temporary accommodation, provision of support
to those in need, and the number of social rented housing
lets meets the homeless pressures and the Council plays
its part in relation the provision of accommodation in
response to changes in national migration and
resettlement policies and programmes.
March 2026.
Stock of temporary accommodation being increased in response to demand pressures, and
lettings target being met.
Continuing to use RRTP funding to deploy staff to assist with resettlement from temporary to
settled accommodation, and upscaling of the use of the Housing First approach.
Policy Board regularly updated, with further progress report being submitted in May 2026.
Page 24 of 290

Page 31

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
What we will do Due Date Status Progress Update
Further develop training and communications on
the ASB App based on learning from the pilot
project and extend use across all Local Area
Housing Teams.
June  2025
The first year of the app’s implementation has now been completed, and we intend to continue
its use for a further 12 months. This will mark the app’s second year of operation and signals its
transition from a pilot into an established, core tool supporting our approach to case
management and customer engagement.
During this next phase, our focus will be on fully embedding the app into day-to-day practice
across the service. This will include delivering a programme of improvements and
enhancements to strengthen functionality, streamline processes, and ensure staff have clear and
consistent guidance on its use.
We will also focus on strengthening awareness and utilisation of the app among tenants,
ensuring they understand how and when to use it, and promoting it as a convenient and
accessible way to report concerns promptly.
The revised Housing Asset Management
Strategy will be presented to the Communities
and Housing Policy Board this year.
The Housing Asset
Management
Strategy is currently
being reviewed and
will be brought to a
future meeting of the
policy board for
approval.
Housing Asset Management Strategy and Action Plan approved at the October 2025 Policy
Board
Action plan is being progressed with update to be provided to the Housing board and the
Programme Board. On course to complete 2026 actions by end of calendar yea.
Ongoing work on the housing repairs operating
model. Review to be
completed in 2025.
Actions may
continue beyond
this timescale
The Repairs Review has been completed but full implementation will continue into 2026/27.
DELIVERING THE SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN– PLACE
Page 25 of 290

Page 32

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
What we will do Due Date Status Progress Update
Investment in current housing stock including for
2025/26
• Kitchen, bathroom, and rewiring replacement
– 600 properties
• Window and door improvement programme –
250 properties
• Heating renewals – 750 properties
• External improvements – 500
March 2026
293 properties have had kitchen, bathroom and rewiring works completed to date in void and
tenanted programmes.  This is below target due to changes in contractual arrangements;
however, the programme is now progressing well.
666 properties have benefitted from replacement windows in both regeneration areas and
across the wider authority. Further installations are continuing.
793 Boiler/heating installs have been completed to date either at void stage or through the
tenanted programme.
484 properties have had external improvements completed in their property to date
DELIVERING THE SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN– PLACE
Page 26 of 290

Page 33

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
What we will do Due Date Status Progress Update
Howwood Road (70 units) and Gallowhill (65
units) new build developments on site and
underway
March 2026
Both projects are now on site following final approvals at Howwood Road Area enabling site start
on 3 November 2025, and works are progressing well with the first set of timber kits now being
erected. The first homes are expected to be ready for handover late 2026 for both projects.
Continue with year 4 of the 10-year Housing-led
regeneration programme.
March 2026
The timeline for this ten-year programme continues to run as per the agreed timeline, with the
exception, of the Ferguslie/Broomlands area as previously detailed.
Owner acquisition also continues with positive progress with 70  of the 89 privately owned
properties now within Council ownership.
Tenant Rehousing programme and demolition of vacant blocks is progressing well with 23 blocks
demolished with further 10 being progressed for demolition
Neighbourhood consultation continues across the programme for a variety of reasons including
discussions on the investment programme, owner participation and environmental improvements.
Officers will work together to review the delivery
and turnaround of void properties across
Renfrewshire to minimise times, wherever
possible, to allow properties to be re-let.
The Single Voids
Team pilot has
been extended
until 31 March
2026
Performance against targets for 2024–2026 is so far:
 Void rent loss (excluding Homeless Persons’ Units) reduced from 4.45% to 2.89%
 Void numbers reduced from 518 to 301
 Turnaround time reduced from 50.40 to 29.48
Review our current approach to dog fouling
enforcement and use community engagement
and data to map out ‘hot spots’ to target
enforcement
March 2026
Planned days of action have been taking place with Officers engaging with the public and targeting
hotspot areas for enforcement visits.
Enforcement activity will continue into the next financial year.
The awareness campaign has developed redesigned signage which has been distributed to
Elected Members, Wardens staff for placement, and this has also been used for wider advertising
within bus stops. There have also been social media ads placed across the year to support the
campaign.
This awareness campaign will continue into the next financial year..
DELIVERING THE SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN– PLACE
Page 27 of 290

Page 34

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
What we will do Due Date Status Progress Update
A review of Council owned lock ups and associated
policy and procedures is being undertaken.
Ongoing review of the Council’s
owned lock-up estate,
Consultation is expected to be
undertaken in late Spring/early
summer 2025, and a plan for
the implementation will be
prepared
A review of all lock-ups has been undertaken and a draft lock-ups policy drafted.
Both the review information and the policy are likely to require updating prior to
presentation to a future Communities and Housing Policy Board.
Through the HRA, £600k will be used for
Participatory Budgeting for environmental and
neighbourhood projects. This will be split with
£150k for each of the local area housing teams
The Participatory Budgeting will
be utilised over the next 3
years. The full details of this
initiative will be developed and
brought to the Policy Board for
approval prior to
implementation
The YouDecide Tenants idea submission period closed on 21 December 2025. Over
70 ideas were received and reviewed against the essential criteria and then qualifying
projects were designed and costed. Over 30 of these projects qualified for Council
tenants to vote on, during the voting period which opened on 16th February and
closes on 15th March 2026. Comms and marketing colleagues have assisted with the
delivery of a targeted approach to tenants publicising the projects submitted for each
neighbourhood area and Housing Officers, concierge and caretaking teams along
with elected members were all encouraged to remind and assist tenants to use their
voting power for projects they would like to see delivered in their neighbourhood. The
winning projects for year one of this fund, as voted for by tenants, will be delivered
throughout 2026.
DELIVERING THE SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN– PLACE
Page 28 of 290

Page 35

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
DELIVERING THE SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN– PLACE
Indicator Current
Status
2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 2025/26 Explanation of performance
Value Target Value Target Target Value Value Value Value Value
Private Water
Supplies –
100% of type
A supplies risk
assessed and
sampled
100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Not measured for quarters 100%
All regulated private water supplies
have been sampled and risk
assessed during the year, as is
required by the Regulations
Air Quality -
Annual
average PM10
value across
all continuous
monitoring
sites
12.78ug/m3 18ug/m3 13.2ug/m3 18ug/m3 18ug/m3 Not measured for quarters TBC
This information is currently not
available. Will be determined upon
ratified data being finalised in June
2026
Air Quality -
average
nitrogen
dioxide value
of monitoring
sites, within
AQMA(s)
exceeding
limits
0ug/m3 40ug/m3 0ug/m3 40ug/m3 40ug/m3 Not measured for quarters 0ug/m3
There were no exceedances of the
target value of 40ug/m3 at any
monitoring location and as this has
been the case for several years, all
AQMAs across Renfrewshire have
now been revoked.
Page 29 of 290

Page 36

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
DELIVERING THE SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN– PLACE
Indicator Current
Status
2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 2025/26 Explanation of performance
Value Target Value Target Target Value Value Value Value Value
Percentage of
reactive repairs
carried out in the
last year complete
right first time
(Housing)
87.3% 93% 90.1% 93% 93% Not measured for quarters 91.07%
Performance has improved
from 90.1% in 2024/25 to
91.07% in 2025/26, showing
continued progress, although it
remains below the 93% target.
This indicates a positive trend
in completing repairs right first
time.
Percentage of
Overall Repairs
Completed Within
Target (Housing
Services)
92.1% 95% 93.2% 95% 95% 93.36% 96.06% 96.83% 95.16% 95.37%
Performance improved from
93.20% in 2024/25 to 95.37%
in 2025/26, meeting the 95%
target. There was a steady
increase across the year,
peaking in Q3, showing
improved delivery of repairs
within target timescales.
Average length of
time taken to
complete non-
emergency repairs
(days) (Housing
Services)
7.9 days 15 days 6.9 days 15 days 15 days 6.68 days 6.1 days 4.6 days 5.8 days 5.5 days
This year just over 27,956 non-
emergency repairs were
completed in an average of 5.5
days. This is an improvement in
the average time from last year
(6.9 days).
Average time from
household
presenting
themselves as
homeless to
completion of duty
(number of weeks)
21.33
weeks 26 weeks 21.96 weeks 26 weeks 26 weeks 21.38
weeks
22.51
weeks
22.4
weeks
28.46
weeks
24.33
weeks
Average time to complete duty
increased due to increased
number of presentations.
Page 30 of 290

Page 37

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
DELIVERING THE SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN – ECONOMY
What we will do Due
Date
Status Progress Update
Work in partnership with teams across the
Council to expand the Neighbourhood
Environment Trainee Teams  - increasing
capacity from 2 squad to 4.
June 2025
The Neighbourhood Environment Trainee Teams (NETT) continue to deliver strong operational performance
following their expansion to four squads, with the seven-day service model now fully embedded. Feedback
from stakeholders highlight a noticeable improvement across our neighbourhoods, including greater team
visibility and quicker completion of reported jobs.
The volume of jobs increased in 2025/26, by 34% compared to the previous year, The garden jobs
increased significantly, an increase of 179%, these jobs can also be more labour intensive. Ground
clearance’s also increased by 45%, while bulk uplift, our highest volume service, increased slightly by 13%.
These increases reflect both higher levels of community need and the enhanced capacity of the NETT.
The mid-point service review also identified improved community impact, strong trainee retention with many
progressing into roles within the Council or with local employers and strengthened cross-service
collaboration. In response, patch-based planning was refined within the four local area teams, enabling
more proactive targeting of hotspot locations.
A full year review be carried out in late April including a tenant survey and will further assess service impact,
gather community feedback, and inform future programme development.
Complete the review of animal license
conditions across all licences
March 2026
All licence conditions have been reviewed this year. However, new licensable activities which were due to
be brought into effect have not materialised.
When new legislation on these activities is enforceable most of the current licensing regimes will be
withdrawn and at this time new licence conditions will be developed to ensure the welfare of animals is
secured within such licensable activities.
Implement the proposed ban on the sale and
supply of single use nicotine vaping products. March 2026
Compliance levels continue to be considered high, with the new requirements having been in place for a
year and this work is now embedded as ‘business as usual’.
Implementation of this ban is considered complete.
Page 31 of 290

Page 38

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
DELIVERING THE SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN – FAIR
What we will do Due Date Status Progress Update
Ensure effective participation and
support for all refugee
programmes.
March 2026 and
on-going Health & Wellbeing ‘Hub’ now established and programme in place based on feedback from service users.
Obtain Care Inspectorate
registration for Refugee
Resettlement team
March 2026
Registration achieved.
Pilot the installation of ‘digital
noticeboards’ at the reception
areas of sheltered complexes and
obtain feedback from tenants.
March 2026
We are tracking the effectiveness and popularity of this new method for keeping tenants informed and identifying
potential sources of funding to roll out their use across other sheltered complexes.
Work with Advice Services to
maximise opportunities for Council
tenants to access specialist income
advice.
March 2026
Over the full reporting year, Housing Services has continued to work closely with Advice Works, Employability Services, the
Energy Management Unit, Citizens Advice Bureau, Social Work and Housing Support to ensure tenants receive timely,
effective specialist support aimed at improving financial stability and sustaining tenancies.
The referral process has been proactively monitored each month to ensure all available support pathways are being fully
utilised and remain effective. This approach has strengthened joint working arrangements, improved consistency in referral
practice and enabled early identification of tenants requiring additional intervention.
Across the year, a total of 754 referrals were submitted on behalf of council tenants. These referrals resulted in:
• Improved access to income maximisation support and money advice
• Increased take-up of benefits and financial entitlements
• Enhanced support for tenants transitioning onto or managing Universal Credit
• Practical assistance with fuel poverty through EMU referrals
• Better coordination with employability services to support tenants into training and work
• Holistic support planning through links with Social Work and Housing Support
This collaborative approach continues to play a key role in sustaining tenancies, preventing arrears escalation, and
supporting wider cost-of-living resilience across communities.
Several sources of additional assistance was accessed; in monetary terms this equates to £15,735,110 between 1st April
and 31st March 2026
Page 32 of 290

Page 39

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
DELIVERING THE SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN – FAIR
What we will do Due Date Status Progress Update
Work with  relevant stakeholders
and Council Tenants scheduled to
migration to Universal Credit to
mitigate against avoidable delays
and loss of housing cost
contributions.  March 2026
UC migration activity has progressed well throughout the year, with Housing Officers continuing proactive engagement
and support for all identified tenants. Early notification from Housing Benefit colleagues enabled timely contact,
guidance, and referrals to ensure claims were made on time and housing cost contributions were protected.
Migration is now almost complete, with only a small number of tenants still to transition — now in the low teens across all
tenures. These final cases are being actively managed, and no issues have been identified that would impact
completion.
Given the strong performance and the limited number of remaining cases, this SIP action is now considered complete.
Deliver the Action Plan outcomes
outlined in the Tenant Participation
Strategy 2022‐2027
The strategy will
be complete by
Dec 2027
The Tenant Participation Strategy 2022-2027 annual update was submitted to the Board in March. Highlighting
achievements across communication, digital engagement, tenant consultation, and support for Tenants’ and Residents’
Associations (TARAs). Key development include strengthened digital participation, increased use of surveys to shape
service decisions, expansion of Quality Circle inspections, enhanced communication channels, and active consultation
within regeneration areas. Tenants’ priorities continue to centre on repairs and maintenance is reflected in service
planning.
The report also proposed changes to TARA registration and funding following a scrutiny review which recommended a
simpler registration process by moving to a single category (“registered”) and introduce a clearer, fairer grant model
consisting of a basic payment plus an amount per council tenancy. Priorities for 2026/27 focus on modernising
participation, broadening engagement—particularly through digital methods—and preparing for the development of the
next Tenant Participation Strategy (2027 -2032)
Page 33 of 290

Page 40

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
DELIVERING THE SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN – FAIR
What we will do Due Date Status Progress Update
Continue with next phase of stock condition survey. Year 1-  May 2025
Year 2 – May 2026
Year 3 – May 2027
Phase 2 surveys completed. The survey data is now being
interfaced into Apex for 31/03/2026, in order to run the ARC
stats.
Access rates for phase 2 are still circa 50%.
Update the SHIP to set out Renfrewshire’s new build
affordable housing investment priorities utilising grant
funding made available from the Scottish Government’s
Affordable Housing Supply Programme’
The SHIP is a rolling programme that covers a
five-year period and is refreshed annually. This
annual review takes account of Scottish
Government funding availability and progress in
delivering existing affordable housing sites and 
provides an opportunity to add new sites to meet
the housing needs of Renfrewshire’s residents.
Each year a draft SHIP is prepared and submitted
to the Communities and Housing Policy Board in
August for approval for public consultation. The
final SHIP is presented back to Board in October
for approval  before being submitted to the
Scottish Government.
The finalised version of the 2026-2031 SHIP was approved at
Communities and Policy Board on 28 October 2025.
Implementation will begin from 1 April 2026.
In 2025/26, the Council received £17.846m from the Scottish
Government to support the delivery of new build and
acquisition of rental off the shelf (ROTS) affordable homes
across Renfrewshire. The Council fully spent this allocation
and received additional funding from the Scottish
Government bringing the total SHIP spend across
Renfrewshire to just over £20million in 2025/26. 
Implement NEC Housing Management System as part of
the Housing Innovations Project in 2 phases – which will
incorporate Rents, Repairs, Service Charges, Allocations,
Tenancy Management, ASB, Customer Relationship
Management, Customer Services, Property Lifecycle,
Homelessness and Support Services modules.
Phase 1 will comprise of Rents, Service Charges,
Allocations, Tenancy Management, ASB, Customer
Relationship Management, Customer Services, Property
Lifecycle, Servicing and Support Services modules.
Phase 1 May 2026
Phase 1 progressed well during 2025, however, the first test
cycle at the end of 2025 identified a range of defects primarily
relating to data migration and system functionality which the
supplier found challenging to resolve within project
timescales.
Officers worked closely with the supplier to reassess the
overall delivery plan and agree an additional data migration
exercise and a further test cycle, with Phase 1 go-live now
planned for Quarter 3 of 2026.
Page 34 of 290

Page 41

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
DELIVERING THE SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN – FAIR
What we will do Due Date Status Progress Update
We will implement Phase 2 of the NEC Housing Management
System
Phase 2 July 2027
Commences
February
2026.
During the latter half of 2025, the required
preparatory work was completed as originally
planned.    A Phase 2 implementation kick off event
was conducted in January 2026 with attendance by
the Project Team, the Supplier and the wider
business.
The solution design workshops began in February
2026, and these will continue until October 2026.
Phase 2 remains on schedule for completion by July
2027.
Page 35 of 290

Page 42

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
GREEN
What we will do Due Date Status Progress Update
Deliver a programme of enhanced operational
environmental and community support activities for
environment and place
March 2026 At the end of March 2026, Team Ups membership exceeds 9,000 members and continues
to be an active site with daily public engagement with a focus on positive environmental
behaviours.
A presentation was delivered to peers from KSB, SEPA and other local authorities at an
Improvement Service event where Team Up was recognised as promoting best practice
across Scotland.
80 “Grit Kits” were delivered to volunteers who requested equipment to increase safety
across their neighbourhoods and local streets during periods of frost or snow.  Grit Kits
include salt/grit spreader, snow shovel, gloves and hi-vis vest.
The Environmental Taskforce continues to investigate flytipping and enforce where
evidence is available.  7 fixed penalty notices were issued over the period.
The Taskforce supported SEPA to issue 2 Variable Monetary Penalties to Renfrewshire
flytippers recovering over £5,000.
Implement full recycling facilities within Renfrewshire
House March 2026
Project continues to progress with bin audit completed, and agreement between key
colleagues/teams on the best approach. Suitable bins have been sourced, ready for
procurement. The next steps are to plan implementation and comms with an anticipated
May/June roll out.
Exploring expansion of solar PV and other renewables on
council buildings
March 2026 Decision was made to prioritise BMS in year 1, as a procurement framework for solar was
required to be set up in 25/26, to then be utilised in 26/27. Solar PV expansion will be a
priority project in 26/27.
Development of investment grade business cases for 2
potential district heating networks. 1 Paisley central, 1
expansion of AMIDS.
Summer 2025 The Business Cases are expected to be concluded in May prior to formal submission to
August ILE Board.
Page 36 of 290

Page 43

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
What we will do Due
Date
Status Progress Update
Looking to expand Building Management Systems to reduce
energy use and water use
March 2026 The 3rd and final phase of the project is nearing completion and is planned to be concluded
over the easter break.
Develop the following strategies and plans - 
• Renfrewshire’s Adaptation Plan
• Renfrewshire’s Circular Economy Strategy
• Renfrewshire Council’s Carbon Management Plan (CMP)
March 2026 • Extensive engagement with internal and external stakeholders continues to take place
to inform the draft Adaptation Plan. Once drafted, public consultation will take place
over summer to inform the final plan.
• It has been agreed that a local Circular Economy Plan will be developed slightly later
than planned to align with National policy around Waste and Circular Economy.
• The CMP was finalised and approved by ILE in November 2025. Delivery of the plan is
now being taken forward over the next 5 years to reduce the Council’s emissions in a
number of service areas.
Develop Climate Change Impact Assessments process across
appropriate projects.
March 2026 Following the successful pilot with PMU, the CCIA is now being piloted with EH&I projects
prior to Council wide roll out over the summer period.
DELIVERING THE COUNCIL PLAN - GREEN
Page 37 of 290

Page 44

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
GREEN
Indicator Current
Status
2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 2025/26 Explanation of performance
Value Target Value Target Target Value Value Value Value Value
Percentage of
Council housing
stock which meets
the Scottish
Housing Quality
Standard
68.55% 77.99% 80.02% 71.15% 82.23% Not measured for quarters 80.9%
Small increase from last year
in the percentage of stock
passing SHQS, mainly due
to a small improvement in
EICR and Smoke Detection
rates and a minor gain in
energy performance. The
overall improvement was
slightly lower than predicted
due to the reduction in stock
numbers
Page 38 of 290

Page 45

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
DELIVERING THE SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN – LIVING OUR VALUES
What we will do Due Date Status Progress Update
We will continue to develop and support our
workforce through training and development
demonstrating our value as a learning
organisation. March 2026
• The Service Development Team continue to support employees to undertake a range of
training including mandatory training through toolbox talks or on i-learn as appropriate.
• Training courses have included mandatory driver training, Health & Safety and specific
role training such as Chainsaw operational training.
We will support wider employee health and
wellbeing across Environment, Housing,
Infrastructure
March 2026
• In response to the Employee Survey 2024 to support the opportunity for more regular
time and engagement between managers/ supervisors and employees a “Personal
Development Plan” (PDP) for networked staff was launched. This template supports
employees to reflect on achievements and challenges, agree objectives
and identify training support required. 92% of network employees have recorded a
PDP has taken place.
• Work is ongoing to promote health and wellbeing across EHI, and more front-line staff
are trained as Metal Health First Aiders. Currently 38 employees within EHI are
registered Mental Health First Aiders including within our operational frontline
services.
• An event was held at Underwood Road Depot to support Men’s Mental Health
Awareness in November 2026. This was followed up with a wellbeing event, over 2
days, in March 2026. Both events were well received by employees and well
attended.
We recognise that Health & Safety is an
integral part of our business.  We will deliver
our actions outlined in the Environment,
Housing & Infrastructure (EHI) Health & Safety
Plan 2025 – 2028. March 2026
• IOSH Managing Safely has been rolled out to 107 managers, supervisors and
employees across EHI. An additional 19 Senior Leadership Managers undertook
IOSH Leading Safely. Housing Services have progressed similar training
focused more specifically on that service needs.
•
• As part of the British Standards Institute (BSI) ISO 9001 accreditation a number
of internal audits, focusing on health and safety, have been undertaken and steps
taken to address any areas for improvement identified
Page 39 of 290

Page 46

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
DELIVERING THE SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN – LIVING OUR VALUES
Indicator Current
Status
2023/24 2024/25 2025/2
6
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 2025/26
Value Target Value Target Target Value Value Value Value Value
Average number of workdays lost
through sickness absence per
employee (FTE) (cumulative)
14.91 13.7 15.41 13.7 13.7 3.25 3.32 4.29 3.69 14.27 The total for 25/26 is 14.27 days lost which is lower 
than total for 24/25 15.41 days lost.
% of Members enquiries completed
within timescale 92% 85% 89.2% 85% 85% 86% 87% 88% 94% 88%
Environment, Housing & Infrastructure received 8,664
members enquiries in 2025/26, of which 88% were
responded to within timescale
% of frontline resolutions dealt with
within timescale
85% 85% 62% 85% 85% 58% 79% 89% 90% 79%
Environment, Housing & Infrastructure received 10,60
frontline resolutions in 2025/26, of which 79% were
responded to within timescale.
% of complaint investigation
completed within timescale 
89% 85% 50% 85% 85% 45% 67% 76% 86% 67%
Environment, Housing & Infrastructure received 521
complaint investigations in 2025/26, of which 67% we
responded to within timescale.
% of FOI request completed
within timescale
100% 100% 99% 100% 100% 97% 95% 91% 96% 95%
Environment, Housing & Infrastructure dealt with 944
Freedom of Information requests in 2025/26, of which
895 (95%) were responded to within timescale. 160 of
these requests were cross departmental and 784 were
departmental
Training – Percentage of staff
training undertaken in relation to
qualifications (Public 
Protection)
100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Staff training is provided on a structured basis as need
are identified through Personal Development Planning
to ensure that they have the correct skills and
qualifications to undertake their duties. There is
currently one training to qualify as an Environmental
Health Officer, two who are working toward completio
of the Modern Apprentice in Regulatory Services          Page 40 of 290

Page 47

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
DELIVERING THE SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN – LIVING OUR VALUES
Indicator Current
Status
2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 2025/26 Explanation of performance
Value Target Value Target Target Value Value Value Value Value
Gross rent arrears (all
tenants) as at 31 March
each year as a
percentage of rent due
for the reporting year.
8.32% 7.50% 7.10% 7.5% 7.5% 6.2% 7.34% 7.3% 6.19% 6.19%
Universal Credit migration is largely
complete, with only a small number of
cases remaining, and work to support
these final migrations is now complete.
The service is now focused on supporting
pension-age tenants to revert to Housing
Benefit where appropriate, helping to
ensure rent payments are maintained
.
The Arrears Working Group continues to
focus on training and development,
sharing best practice and partnership
working, alongside ongoing use of the
Tenant Support Fund and timely referrals
to advice and support services.
The removal of the recovery action
threshold enables earlier and more
proportionate intervention where tenants
do not engage, supporting a consistent
and timely approach to arrears
management while maintaining a balanced
focus on support and enforcement.
Ongoing cost-of-living pressures are
expected to continue to impact on rent
collection.
Rent collected as
percentage of total rent
due in the reporting
year.
100.4% 98% 100.7% 98% 98% 99.1% 98.9% 99% 100.5% 100.5%
Last year £57,798,776 rent was collected
which was more than the amount due
(£54,161,465).
Page 41 of 290

Page 48

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
DELIVERING THE SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN – LIVING OUR VALUES
Indicator Current
Status
2023/24 2024/25 2025/26 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 2025/26 Explanation of performance
Value Target Value Target Target Value Value Value Value Value
Average length of time
taken to re-let
properties in the last
year (in days)
50 days 53 days 37 days 53 days 45 days 31 days 30 days 28 days 26.7 days 28.6 days
There were 811 re-lets in 2025/26.  There
has been improvement in the average re-
let times.  Our void turnaround times and
processes remain an area of primary focus
for the service, and we will continue to look
for improved ways of working.
Percentage of rent loss
due to voids 1.45% 1.8% 1.3% 1.8% 1.5% 0.92% 0.92% 0.91% 0.89% 0.89%
The Single Voids Team reduced the
volume of voids, coupled with faster re-let
times has resulted in improved void rent
loss.
Page 42 of 290

Page 49

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
DELIVERING THE SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN – LIVING OUR VALUES
Indicator Current
Status
2024/25 2025/26 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 2025/26 Explanation of performance
Value Target Target Value Value Value Value Value
% of corporate induction
completed within 30 days of
starting employment with the
Council
N/A N/A Not measured for quarters N/A
This is undertaken at a service level. Although
networked employees have completed the
necessary mandatory training and toolbox talks are
available for frontline employee's work is ongoing to
establish a consistent approach to recording this to
support improved monitoring.
% of mandatory training
courses for frontline
employees completed
N/A N/A Not measured for quarters 60%
60% of frontline employees have completed the
required mandatory training in 2025/26. Work is
ongoing to deliver toolbox talks to these employees
to support this training. Work is ongoing with wider
Corporate Teams to enable more accurate reporting
across different employee groups.
% of mandatory training
courses for employees with
access to the Council’s
network completed
N/A N/A Not measured for quarters 83%
83% of employees with access to the Council's
network have completed the required mandatory
training in 2025/26. Work is ongoing with wider
Corporate Teams to enable more accurate reporting
across different employee groups
% of Personal Development
Plans completed N/A N/A Not measured for quarters 92%
A new Personal Development Plan (PDP) for
employees with access to the council's network was
rolled out across EHI in 2025/26 to support a
meaningful 1-2-1 conversation with
supervisor/manager. Over 710 employees have
completed this, 92% of our employees with access
to the Council's network, and a wide range of training
and development needs identified to support ongoing
learning in line with our values. Work will be
undertaken in 2026/27 to pilot a suitable approach
for our frontline employees building on the work
being undertaken in Soft FM with frontline
employees.
Page 43 of 290

Page 50

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
DATA STRATEGY: PRIORITY ACTIVITIES
What we will do Due Date Status Progress Update
Strategic: We will align service data activities with the Digital
Strategy for Renfrewshire objective: Data is a critical asset. Ensure
visibility of data activities at Directorate (Director & Head of Service
Level)
March 2026
• The Directorate (Director and 4 Heads of Service) regularly consider a
range of data which is used to inform decision making. There is ongoing
support for data activities and training to enhance this capability across
Services in line with the Digital Strategy for Renfrewshire.
Skills: We will identify skills gaps (e.g. data input, data analysis) and
training needs across EHI and address through our Workforce
Development plan in line with the Renfrewshire Council People
Strategy March 2026
• Information on skills gaps and training needs will be identified as part of the
Personal Development Plan (PDP) currently being rolled out for networked
employees and will be developed further in 2026/27.
• Internal training on data analysis tools has been undertaken to support
knowledge and understanding of our data.
Data Quality: We will review data quality in key business systems and
processes and develop an improvement plan. December 2025
• As part of wider projects in 2025/26 data held for both
the Roads Service and Waste & Recycling Service has been reviewed and
the quality of data improved to support data driven decision making.
Analysis: We will further define analysis requirements to improve
decision making and build capabilities locally within services where
required.
December 2025
• Work is ongoing to improve how data is presented including using standard
tools. Although at an early stage it is hoped this work will improve how our
data is presented to Services allowing them to make more informed
decisions.
ERP: We will work with Corporate Teams to promote and increase the
use of standard dashboards as business as usual. March 2026
• Work continues to be undertaken to support services to ensure that the data
held in the ERP is accurate. In addition, managers have been supported to
use the standard dashboards available.
Data Advisory Group (DAG): We will ensure EHI representation at
the DAG to ensure our data activities align with the Data Strategy
Framework; cross-service data sharing opportunities are identified and
that data improvement activities are carried out in a consistent manner
across the organisation.
March 2026
• The Senior Service Development Manager represents EHI at the Data
Advisory Group and continues to ensure that data is used collaboratively
across services where possible.
Page 44 of 290

Page 51

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
DELIVERING THE COUNCIL PLAN – CROSS CUTTING THEME
IMPROVING OUTCOMES FOR CHILDREN AND FAMILIES
“Across all our work and all our efforts, we hope for loving and happy lives for Renfrewshire’s children - working together to get it right for children,
families and communities – protecting, learning, achieving and nurturing.  Every priority of this Council Plan will contribute to improving  the lives of
Renfrewshire’s children and their families.  It is our fundamental duty as an organisation and our shared responsibility as citizens of this place to
ensure that our children inherit a Renfrewshire where their wellbeing is nurtured, their futures are bright, and their environment is safe and healthy.”
What we will do Due Date Status Progress Update
EH&I will work towards keeping The Promise
and support our Care Experienced
Community.
March 2026
Renfrewshire Council’s Environment, Housing and Infrastructure (EHI) service—particularly Housing
and Homelessness Services—plays a central role in delivering The Promise by strengthening early
intervention and ensuring Care Experienced young people have safe, stable homes and supportive
relationships. The service continues to develop personalised Housing Pathways that are affordable,
trauma-informed and co-designed with partners, while maintaining a strong focus on preventing youth
homelessness. Through early identification of risk, proactive casework and close partnership working
with Children’s Services and Whole Family Wellbeing, the service aims to keep young people secure,
connected and out of crisis.
Housing and Homelessness Services are firmly integrated into Renfrewshire’s whole-system approach
to The Promise. They actively contribute to governance structures, including the Promise Strategic
Oversight Group, ensuring housing decisions support better outcomes for Care Experienced people.
Culture change is also a priority, with staff encouraged to adopt compassionate, non-stigmatising
language in line with Renfrewshire’s Language Policy and to engage in workforce development such as
the Promise i-Learn module and the Promise Keeper Network, strengthening trauma-informed,
rights-based practice.
In addition, EHI contributes to wider efforts to improve life chances for Care Experienced young people
through employability initiatives. This includes supporting the council’s Guaranteed Interview Scheme
for Care Experienced applicants and promoting inclusive recruitment practices. Together, these actions
reinforce the council’s commitment to embedding relationship-centred, rights-based approaches across
services and improving long-term outcomes for Care Experienced young people.
Page 45 of 290

Page 52

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
EHI SERVICE IMPROVEMENT PLAN
For more information, please contact:
Douglas.morrison@renfrewshire.gov.uk
Outturn Report
May 2026
Page 46 of 290

Page 53

PUBLIC 
_____________________________________________________________________ 
To: Communities and Housing Policy Board 
On: 19th May 2026
_____________________________________________________________________ 
Report by: Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure
_____________________________________________________________________ 
Heading: Environment, Housing and Infrastructure (EHI) Health, Safety and
Wellbeing     Plan 2025 – 2028: Annual Report
_____________________________________________________________________ 
1. Summary 
1.1 The Council’s Health and Wellbeing Plan, a key priority within the Council’s People
Strategy 2021 – 2026, promotes a positive Health and Safety culture to ensure
compliance with relevant Health and Safety legislation and supports the Council
Plan in Working together to achieve a thriving and connected Renfrewshire,
creating opportunities for all. 
1.2 In May 2025 the Board approved the Health and Safety Plan 2025 - 2028.  It
should be noted that “Wellbeing” was added to the Plan title to reflect the broader
nature of this work and ensure that employee wellbeing is recognised as a key
aspect of this work. 
1.3 This report provides an annual update on the work undertaken by Environment,
Housing and Infrastructure to implement the actions contained in the Health,
Safety and Wellbeing Plan 2025 - 2028 (Appendix 1) as it relates to remit of the
Communities and Housing Policy Board.   
1.4 It should be noted that this annual update will be considered by the Communities
and Housing Policy Board on 19th May 2026, the Infrastructure, Land and
Environment Policy Board on 27th May 2026 and the Finance, Resources and
Customer Services Policy Board on 11th June 2026 in respect of the elements
covered by those Boards’ remits.
_____________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations 
It is recommended that the Communities and Housing Policy Board: 
2.1 Approves the Environment, Housing and Infrastructure (EHI) Health, Safety and
Wellbeing Plan 2025-2028 annual update (Appendix 1) as specific to the areas of
activity delegated to this Policy Board; and 
Item 3
CHPB190526 Page 47 of 290

Page 54

PUBLIC
2.2 Notes that the annual update on the 2025 – 2028 Plan is also being presented to
the Infrastructure, Land and Environment Board and the Finance, Resources and
Customer Services Policy Board to approve the elements covered within those
Boards’ remits.
_____________________________________________________________________ 
3. Background 
3.1. The Environment, Housing and Infrastructure (EHI) Department is responsible for
the provision of everyday essential services, directly to the public of Renfrewshire,
to other services within the Council and to community planning partners. These
services are delivered by around 1,800 Full Time Equivalent (FTE), with an
estimated net expenditure of £61.925m (excluding Housing Revenue Account) for
2025/26.    The Housing Revenue Account (HRA) budget and Rent Levels for total
rental and other income for 2025/26 is £65.492m. 
3.2. The Department provided the following key frontline services in 2025/26: 
• Operational Services including Neighbourhood Services comprising
Cemetery Service, Grounds Maintenance, Street Cleaning and
CountryParks; Fleet and Social Transportation, Waste and Recycling to over
92,000 households. 
• Climate, Public Protection and Roads: supporting our communities through our
Regulatory and Community Safety Services and supporting more than 862 km
of roads and transport infrastructure in 2025/26. 
• Facilities and Property Services: (Hard and Soft Services) including PPP
schools, cleaning/catering/janitorial services, public building (repairs,
maintenance and compliance), Building Services and Technical Services, a
multi-disciplinary design team. 
• Housing Services: Management and investment in housing stock (12,078
properties) and providing a wide range of advice and support to our tenants. 
3.3 Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Services deliver universal services in
2025/26 for over 186,000 Renfrewshire residents, helping to run our schools and
care homes, providing 12,078 homes for social rent, protecting and enhancing our
local environment though a wide range of initiatives and work to make
Renfrewshire a great place to live and work. 
3.4 Our services are delivered by a diverse, skilled and committed workforce of around
1,800 FTE* who deliver services 24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a
year. The health, safety and wellbeing of all our employees is of paramount
importance. 
3.5 Governance for Health, Safety and Wellbeing is provided through monthly
discussions at the Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Senior Leadership
Team meetings and quarterly     CRMT (Crisis Resilient Management Team). 
Page 48 of 290

Page 55

PUBLIC
4 Environment, Housing & Infrastructure (EHI) Annual Health, Safety &
Wellbeing Plan 2025/28 – Annual Update 
4.1 A wide range of work has been undertaken between 1st April 2025 – 31st March
2026 to promote and address health, safety and wellbeing areas or concerns and
a high-level summary of this is outlined below: 
• Relevant employees within Public Protection, Housing Services and Civil
Contingencies Service are now registered to use the Peoplesafe App which is
a tool to assist in the protection of lone working employees. 
• To augment conflict resolution training already delivered to Community
Support Officers in Community Safety, the coverage of body worn video has
been extended. Each officer is now equipped with a device in addition to a
personal radio link to our public space CCTV. 
• To date 107 Officers across EHI have completed the IOSH Managing Safely
course during 2025/26.  A further 19 Senior Leadership Managers completed
the IOSH Leading Safely course in 2025/26. 
• The Operational Services Workforce Development Officer attended a
Management and Prevention of Violence and Aggression course and has
subsequently delivered a number of courses to employees in Soft FM, Building
Services and Operations.   
• During Men’s Mental Health Awareness week in November 2025 a number of
well attended events were held at Underwood Road Depot to increase the
awareness of the importance of mental health and what support is available.   
• A Health and Wellbeing event, held in March 2026 at Underwood Road Depot,
welcomed over 70 attendees to connect with a range of local groups including
OneRen Membership Team, St Mirren Charitable Foundation, Renfrewshire
Council supporting Menopause at Work, the Start Project (providing
information on Me’s Shed and Pantry Plus) and Renfrewshire Council Mental
Health First Aiders (MHFA). 
• The number of Mental Health First Aiders (MHFAs) in Environment, Housing
and Infrastructure services has increased by 12 from 26 in March 2025 to 38
in March 2026.  These employees provide a vital support to colleagues across
the Council through listening in confidence without any judgement and provide
help to access any support that may be required.
_____________________________________________________________________ 
5 Monitoring and Support Services 
5.1 The ongoing health, safety and wellbeing of employees and service users
continues to be a priority for EHI.  The focus to promote an open, positive health
and safety culture and to encourage employees and management to report all
incidents, accidents and occurrences. 
Page 49 of 290

Page 56

PUBLIC
5.2 All reported incidents, accidents and occurrences are reviewed on a weekly basis,
resulting in more accurate date.  Every incident, accident or occurrence is
investigated and associated risk assessments reviewed and amended where
necessary. 
5.3 From 1st April 2025 – 31st March 2026 across EHI there were 174 incidents,
accidents and near misses reported.  The table below (Figure 1) shows the
breakdown of these incidents by Head of Service area. 
Figure 1: EHI 2025/2026: Total number of Incidents/Accidents and Near Misses
Reported per Service Area (01/04/2025 – 31/03/2026) 
5.4 Figure 2 below shows a comparison between 1st April 2024 – 31st March 2025 and
1st April 2025 – 31st March 2026.  The total number of number of
incidents/accidents and near misses has decreased/ from 216 in 2024/2025 to
174 in 2025/2026).  It should be noted that there has been a significant decrease
in reported incidents, primarily violence and aggression, particularly across
Climate, Public Protection and Roads.  This reduction is attributed to the conflict
resolution training provided to employees last year, which has supported them to
better manage any situations involving violence and aggression in combination
with an extension to the use of body worn cameras.
.
Page 50 of 290

Page 57

PUBLIC 
Figure 2: EHI 2025: Total number of Incidents/Accidents and Near Misses
Reported per Service Area (01/04/2025 – 31/03/2026 compared to 01/04/2024 –
31/03/2025) 
5.5 Under the Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences
Regulations 2013 (RIDDOR) there were 11 accidents across EHI between 1st April
2025 – 31st March 2026 comprising 1 dangerous occurrence, 2 specified injury
and 8 “over 7-day absences” compared to 18 accidents across EHI between 1st
April 2024 – 31st March 2025 comprising 1 dangerous occurrence, 4 specified
injury and 13 “over 7-day absences”. 
Page 51 of 290

Page 58

PUBLIC
5.6 Supporting our employees and attendance is a key priority for EHI and
arrangements are in place to utilise the services of the Council’s Occupational
Health provider.  To date a number of referrals have been made by manager or
employee self-referrals to the Occupational Health Service or employee
counselling service (“Time for Thriving”) including for early intervention,
counselling, physiotherapy, cognitive behaviour therapy as well as Statutory
Occupational Health benchmarking.  
___________________________________________________________________ 
6 EHI Health, Safety and Wellbeing Plan 2025 – 2028: Year-end Actions Update 
6.1 The Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Health, Safety and Wellbeing Action
Plan 2025 - 2028 set out a range of key actions to be undertaken in 2025/26.  A
short annual update on each of these actions is set out as Appendix 1 to this
report.   
6.2 As this Plan set out work to be undertaken over a 3-year period (2025 – 2028) it
should be noted that for some actions work may not be complete given that it may
be scheduled within this longer timeline and will be included in the Environment,
Housing & Infrastructure Health, Safety and Wellbeing Plan 2026 – 2029.   
_____________________________________________________________________
Page 52 of 290

Page 59

PUBLIC
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial – Potential exists for financial liability from property damage,
civil or criminal prosecutions through the outcome of accidents and/or
ill-health. This report demonstrates Environment, Housing and
Infrastructure Services compliance and commitment to Health and
Safety policies and procedures. 
2. HR & Organisational Development – This report supports
Renfrewshire Council’s commitment to the health, safety and wellbeing
of employees. 
3. Community/Council Planning 
• Our Renfrewshire is well – EHI will improve the physical and mental
health and wellbeing of employees through participation in the
“Healthy Working Lives” and “Your Health Matters” Programmes and
any other corporate initiatives promoting wellbeing. 
• Our Renfrewshire is safe – EHI will provide training and support to
employees to allow them to develop within the organisation and to
gain the skills and experience necessary to provide a quality service
to our customers. 
4. Legal – Environment, Housing and Infrastructure will continue to
comply with all current statutory Health and Safety legislation and
Renfrewshire Council Corporate Health and Safety policies and
guidance. 
5. Property/Assets – The maintenance of appropriate registers (e.g.
Asbestos Register with respect of domestic Council properties) and an
obligation to conduct workplace inspections. 
6. Information Technology - None 
7. Equality & Human Rights - The Recommendations contained within
this report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities
and human rights. No negative impacts on equality groups or potential
for infringement of individuals’ human rights have been identified arising
from the recommendations contained in the report.  If required following
implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations and the mitigating
actions will be reviewed and monitored, and the results of the assessment will
be published on the Council’s website. 
8. Health & Safety – This report supports and demonstrates
Environment, Housing and Infrastructure’s commitment to ensuring
effective Health and Safety management across Environment, Housing
& Infrastructure. 
9. Procurement - None 
Page 53 of 290

Page 60

PUBLIC
10. Risk – This report supports the overarching management of risk within
Renfrewshire Council. 
11. Privacy Impact- None. 
12. COSLA Policy Position – None. 
13. Children’s Rights – This report is for noting and has no direct
implications on children’s rights. 
14. Climate Risk – None.
_____________________________________________________________ 
List of Background Papers 
(a) Background Paper 1: Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board (18th May 2026),
Risk        Report 
The foregoing background papers will be retained within Environment,
Housing and Infrastructure Department (Service Development) for inspection
by the public for the prescribed period of four years from the date of the
meeting. The contact officer within the service is Gill Darbyshire, Senior
Service Development Manager - gill.darbyshire@renfrewshire.gov.uk.
_____________________________________________________________ 
Author: Gordon McNeil, Director of Environment, Housing & Infrastructure 
Gill Darbyshire, Senior Service Development Manager 
E-mail: Gordon.mcneil@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Gill.darbyshire@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 54 of 290

Page 61

PUBLIC
Appendix 1 
Environment, Housing and Infrastructure (EHI) Health, Safety and Wellbeing Action Plan 2025/2028 
Context Leadership, Management and Inspections Statement Owned by
EHIH&S.01 – Leadership, Management and
Inspections 
The Senior Leadership team are committed to spending more time with all
employees, communicate their safety expectations and model safe behaviour. 
Workplace Inspections
Workplace Inspections play an important role in active monitoring.  The aim of
workplace inspections is to prevent work related accidents and ill health by
identifying new hazards and checking that preventative and protective control
measures are implemented and effective. 
Internal Audits
This is a systematic process of evaluating and examining our Health and Safety
policies, procedures, documentation and workplace practices.   
Re-active Monitoring
Taking a pro-active approach to monitoring incidents/accident a departmental
incident/accident report will be developed in 2025/2026.  This will be an interactive
report which our Senior Management Team (SLT) and other managers/supervisors
within Environment, Housing & Infrastructure will be able to utilise to monitor
incidents/accidents within their service area and ensure a healthier and more
productive environment. 
Directorate (Director & Heads of
Service)
Developing a culture of trust that empowers our
employees. 
Item 3
CHPB190526 Page 55 of 290

Page 62

PUBLIC
Action
Codes Actions Latest Note Assigned To Overall
Target
Target
2025/2026 Year Status
EHIH&S01.01 The Senior Leadership Team
(Directorate) are committed to
conducting at least six visible felt
leadership visits over the next three
years.
The Senior Leadership Team (Directorate) have
undertaken a number of felt leadership visits
including working at the Depot and working
alongside frontline employees 
Director and
4 Heads of
Service 
100%  35%  March 
2028 
EHIH&S01.02 We will conduct comprehensive
workplace inspections across all
Environment, Housing and
Infrastructure over a three-year
cycle. 
Work is ongoing. 
All  100%  35%  March 
2028 
EHIH&S01.02 Create an interactive
incident/accident report for
managers, enabling data-driven
decision making based on reactive
monitoring insights. 
Complete. Information on incidents/accident
reporting is available for managers via Business
World.  Work is ongoing to enhance this with further
analysis and information to support ongoing reactive
monitoring insights. 
Senior
Service
Development
Manager 
100%  100%  Dec
2025 
Page 56 of 290

Page 63

PUBLIC
O Leadership, Management and  Owned by 
Content Health and Safety Owned By
EHI.002 – Health and Safety Our health and safety philosophy is built on the principles of prevention.  We
understand that a resilient workplace is one where potential hazard are
identified and addresses before they can cause harm.
Directorate (Director & Heads of
Service) Reducing the risk of error and increasing resilience
through prevention
Action
Codes Actions Latest Note Assigned To Overall
Target
Target
2025/2026 Year Status
EHIH&S.02.01 Design a dedicated health and safety
Share Point site to facilitate the
comprehensive review and monitoring of
incidents/accidents, enabling the
implementation of targeted preventative
actions. 
The design and development of a dedicated
health and safety site has been delayed due
to resources to support this work however,
the monitoring of incidents/accidents
continues to be undertaken and supports the
implementation of targeted preventative
action where identified. 
Senior Service
Development
Manager 
100%  100%  March
2026 
EHIH&S.02.02 Conduct a thorough review and revision
of the departmental quality, health and
safety manual and all related
documentation to ensure alignment with
current standards.
Complete.  Work is ongoing to ensure that
document remains aligned with current
standards. 
Senior Service
Development
Manager 
100%  100%  July
2025 
EHIH&S.02.07 Review and complete the Asbestos
Management Plan for Environment,
Housing & Infrastructure duty holders
which include Housing Services and
Technical Services and incorporates
Building Services.
Work is ongoing to review the Asbestos
Management Plan.  Asbestos
Working Group  100%  50%    March
2027 
EHIH&S.02.15 Review all risk assessments across the
business and update as required.
This action is complete. Environmental
Health &
Community
Safety Manager 
100%  100%  Sept 
2025 
EHIH&S.02.16 Complete specific risk assessment for
handling XL Bully Dogs.
This action is complete. Environmental
Health &
Community
Safety Manager 
100%  100%  March
2026 
Page 57 of 290

Page 64

PUBLIC
Context Health and Wellbeing Statement Owned by
EHI.003 - Health and Wellbeing  We prioritise the preventative measures necessary to ensure both occupational health and
safety, and the overall well-being of our employees.  We are committed to creating a work
environment where potential hazards are mitigated, and employees feel supported in all
aspects to their well-being.
Directorate (Director &
Heads of Service)
Focusing on occupational health and safety and
enhancing employee wellbeing
Action
Codes Actions Latest Note Assigned
To
Overall
Target
Target
2025/2026  Year Status
EHIH&S.03.01  To meet legal requirements, several
display screen assessments (DSE) will
be refreshed during 2025/26.  Quarterly
compliance will be monitored using the
Council’s Business World reporting
system. 
Complete.  Work is ongoing to ensure Display
Screen Assessments (DSE) are undertaken across
the Department.   
Health
and Well-
being
Group 
100%  Q1 – 34% 
Q2 – 27% 
Q3 – 11% 
Q4 – 28% 
March
2026 
EHIH&S.03.03  EH&I will focus on the implementation
of key priorities within the Corporate
Health and Wellbeing Plan 2024/2029.
EHI continue to support the key priorities within the
Corporate Health and Wellbeing Plan 2024/2029.
SLT 100% 35% March
2028   
Page 58 of 290

Page 65

PUBLIC 
Context Compliance & Training Statement Owned by
EHI.004 – Compliance & Training  We are committed to unwavering legal and regulatory compliance.  Through
targeted training and development, we empower our employees to uphold the
highest standards. 
Directorate (Director & Heads of
Service) Strengthening our legal and regulatory compliance
through training and development
Action
Codes Actions Latest Note Assigned To Overall
Target
Target
2025/2026 Year  Status
EHIH&S.04.01  Roll out a training programme for
IOSH Managing/Leading safely to all
managers and supervisors within
Environment, Housing &
Infrastructure. 
IOSH Managing Safely has been rolled out to 107         
managers, supervisors and employees across EHI. 
To date 19 Senior Leadership have undertaken IOSH
Leading Safely.   
Senior
Service
Development
Manager 
100%  50%  March
2027 
Page 59 of 290

Page 66

Page 60 of 290

Page 67

PUBLIC 
___________________________________________________________________ 
To:   Communities and Housing Policy Board 
On:  19 May 2026 
___________________________________________________________________ 
Report by:  Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure 
___________________________________________________________________ 
Heading:  Environment, Housing and Infrastructure - 2026-2029 Service
Improvement Plan 
___________________________________________________________________ 
1. Summary    
1.1 The Service Improvement Plan for Environment, Housing and Infrastructure is a
three-year plan covering the period 2026-2029. The purpose of the Plan is to
identify the priorities being addressed, the key tasks to be implemented, the
implementation timetable and our measures of success.   
1.2 The Service Improvement Plan is part of a suite of documents which describe the
strategic direction for the Service and the Council, and also includes the Council
Plan, Community Plan, Risk Management Plan, and the Workforce Plan. 
1.3 The Service Improvement Plan is appended to this report and includes performance
indicators, and an action plan grouped under the Council Plan themes.  A mid-year
progress update on the Service Improvement Plan will be submitted to the
Communities and Housing Policy Board in the Autumn of 2026.  
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations 
It is recommended that the Communities and Housing Policy Board:   
2.1 Approves the attached Service Improvement Plan. 
2.2 Notes that mid-year progress of this Service Improvement Plan will be reported to
this Board in the Autumn of 2026, with updates to the performance indicators and
action plan. 
Item 4
CHPB190526 Page 61 of 290

Page 68

PUBLIC
2.3 Notes that this plan is presented to Communities and Housing Policy Board for
approval of the areas within this Board’s remit only. The plan and covering report
will also be submitted to both the Finance, Resources and Customer Service Policy
Board and the Infrastructure, Land and Environment Policy Board for approval of
the areas within the respective remits of those Boards.
___________________________________________________________________ 
3. Background 
3.1 Environment, Housing, Infrastructure delivers a wide range of vital services to the
people, communities and businesses of Renfrewshire, including environmental
health services, trading standards and public protection. We manage 11,942
Council houses and support vulnerable people experiencing homelessness and
those threatened by homelessness. Our service has also played a critical role in
supporting the Council’s response to the asylum and refugee programmes over the
last three years.   
4. Service Improvement Plan 2026-2029:  What do we want to achieve? 
4.1 Council services continue to operate in a challenging context. However, the Council
and services remain ambitious for our people and our place, and the Service
Improvement Plan process ensures a clear focus on delivering our priorities.  The
Service Improvement Plans process allows us to describe where activity is targeted,
and through the 6-monthly updates described below, provide a balanced view on
progress. 
5. Monitoring progress 
5.1 Progress on the implementation of the Service Improvement Plan is regularly
monitored by the Senior Management Team and will be reported to the
Communities and Housing Policy Board on a six-monthly basis.  A mid-year review
of progress will be brought to this Board in Autumn 2026 and an annual outturn
report in Spring 2027.  
___________________________________________________________________ 
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial – This report notes the financial challenges facing the local authority and
the work that will be undertaken by service to manage this.   
2. HR & Organisational Development – The Service Improvement Plan details
several pieces of work being progressed. 
3. Community/Council Planning – Service Improvement Plans reflect the
contribution of each service to the Council and Community Plans. 
4. Legal – None. 
5. Property/Assets – None. 
Page 62 of 290

Page 69

PUBLIC
6. Information Technology – Digital resources are now key to the delivery of services
and strategies are in place to manage this.   
7. Equality & Human Rights – The recommendations contained within this report
have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights.  No
negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’
human rights have been identified arising from the recommendations contained in
the report. If required following implementation, the actual impact of the
recommendations and the mitigating actions will be reviewed and monitored, and
the results of the assessment will be published on the Council’s website.   
8. Health & Safety – The Service Improvement Plan includes actions relating to                           
employee wellbeing. 
9. Procurement – The Service Improvement Plan includes actions relating to
procurement activity. 
10. Risk –  Risks related to the delivery and management of services are regularly 
monitored and included in Renfrewshire Council’s Corporate and Strategic Risk
Registers. 
11. Privacy Impact – None. 
12. Climate Risk – there are a range of actions and activities throughout the Service
Improvement Report which support the Council’s Plan for Net Zero.   
13. Children’s Rights – None. 
14. Cosla Policy Position – None. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
List of Background Papers:  None. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author: Gordon McNeil, Director of Environment, Housing & Infrastructure  
Email: gordon.mcneil@renfrewshire.gov.uk   
Page 63 of 290

Page 70

Page 64 of 290

Page 71

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Environment, Housing,
Infrastructure
Service Improvement Plan 2026 -29
Item 4
CHPB190526 Page 65 of 290

Page 72

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Welcome from the Director
I’mdelighted tointroducethe Environment,Housingand Infrastructure (EHI)Service Improvement Planfor2026 to 2029, setting
outhow we aredelivering against the Council’s strategic organisational outcomes.
Weprovide essential services,relied on by residents,communitiesand businesses across Renfrewshire, including:
• providingwaste and recycling collectionsto every home
• keepingRenfrewshire streetsand neighbourhoodsclean andtidy
• maintaining our roads and pavements
• lookingafterourparks,play areasand open spaces.
We manage andmaintainmore than 220 councilbuildings including schools, town halls,librariesand community centres, providing janitorial, cleaning,cateringand
caretaking.We continue to invest in our12,000Council homesandwork hard toprovidethe best possible services to our tenants.
We’rethere for people when they need us most,withspecialist homeless support, and we work hard to protect the public,businessesand the environment.
Significant investment is being delivered across Renfrewshire:
• £90million in our roads and pavementsover 10 years
• refurbishing or replacing every council play park
• 2210 council home improvements in 2026 and 8 areas transformed as part of £337million in council housing by 2031
• up to £170million to reshape, refurbish and rebuild schools and targeted funds for leisure,sportand community facilities.
Against a challenging financial context, increasing and changing demand for our services, we have a clear focus onreducing our costs, improving ourprocessesand
using insight and data to target ourresources where they can make the greatest impact.
Gordon McNeil
Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure
Page 66 of 290

Page 73

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
About us
• Climate, Public Protection & Roads responsibilities include
the Council’s Roads, Public Transport, Parking & Active Travel
services, as well as leading the response to Climate Change
and Ren Zero, along with Energy Management, Regulatory &
Public Protection services. This includes partnership working
with police, fire and other multiagency partners.
• Operations & Service Development responsibilities
include Waste Services, Fleet & Social Transport,
Neighbourhood Services, Grass, Grounds & Cemeteries
Maintenance, Burials & Country Park Management, Civil
Contingencies Service and Service Development.
Environment, Housing & Infrastructure is responsible for the provision of every day essential services, directly to the public
of Renfrewshire, to other services within the Council and to community planning partners.
• Facilities Management & Property Services covers four key service areas: soft facilities, hard facilities, support services and property services.
Soft facilities cover janitorial, cleaning, catering, housekeeping and school crossing patrollers. Hard services cover building services operations,
repairs and maintenance for housing and public buildings and streetlighting maintenance. Support services is responsible for compliance in
schools and public buildings, life cycle maintenance in schools & public buildings, PPP contract management. Property Services is a multi-
disciplinary design consultancy commissioned by Council Departments to deliver projects.
• Housing Services responsibilities include managing and investing in our housing stock of  11,942 properties and providing services to Council
tenants, alongside housing advice and support, assisting homeless people and those threatened with homelessness and ensuring people have
safe and healthy places to live, and supports the council’s response to migration and asylum.
Page 67 of 290

Page 74

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Environment, Housing and infrastructure - Our service
Page 68 of 290

Page 75

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Facts and Figures
The Environment, Housing & Infrastructure Services revenue budget for 2026/27 is approximately £79.282m
(excluding HRA).
Income and expenditure in relation to a local authority's direct provision of housing must be recorded separately
within a Housing Revenue Account (HRA). TheHRA Budget  and Rent Levels was presented to Council on 26 February
2026 with total rental and other income for 2026/27 of£70.776m.
The gross value of the Housing Capital Investment Plan for the 5-year period from 2026/27 to 2030/31 is £337.338m.
We provide Waste and Recycling collection to over 92,000 households and businesses.
Supporting more than 871km of roads and transport infrastructure across the whole of Renfrewshire – and we are 
investing £90m in this infrastructure over the next ten years.
Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Services deliver universal services for over 189,000 Renfrewshire residents,
helping to run our schools and care homes, providing 11,942 homes for social rent, protecting and enhancing our
local environment though a wide range of initiatives and work to make Renfrewshire a great place to live and work.
Our services are delivered by a diverse, skilled and committed workforce of around 1,800 (FTE) who deliver services
24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year.
Page 69 of 290

Page 76

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Renfrewshire Council’s Service Improvement Context
Reflecting our values
Delivering financially sustainable services
Promoting equality, diversity and inclusion
Delivering Best Value
Aligning to our Council Plan and the Community Plan
Page 70 of 290

Page 77

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Supporting Renfrewshire Council’s objectives
Along with the other Services within the Council, Environment, Housing and Infrastructure will
support continuous improvement through a number of key strategic areas detailed in the following
slides including -
Transformation – supporting the Reshaping Renfrewshire programme - to ensure the Council
continues to address the ongoing financial challenge but also to ensure the Council continues to
respond proactively to new and emerging opportunities to develop, modernise and change how the
Council delivers for Renfrewshire’s communities
Data Strategy – EH&I will continue to support the Council’s Digital Strategy which includes Smart
Data Workstream
Risk Management – proactively managing our Corporate, Strategic and Service risks to minimise
negative impact on the service and the council.  
Page 71 of 290

Page 78

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Transformation
Following on from the Right for Renfrewshire programme the next phase of transformation, to be branded
‘Reshaping Renfrewshire’, will continue to deliver progressive internal transformation, maintaining the long-
term journey to adapt and reshape the organisation and how the Council delivers services.
Environment, Housing and Infrastructure will support the Reshaping Renfrewshire programme, especially within
the following key areas of transformation-
• Digital – we will utilise current and future data and digital technologies, including the Internet of Things,
robotic process automation, artificial intelligence, machine learning and data analysis to transform services.
• Income Generation - growing existing sources of income and generating new income streams, to ensure the
Council continues to secure financial stability.
• Transformation of our Placed Based Assets – which includes the Strategic Property Programme and the
Strategic Learning Estate Strategy.
• Transport Infrastructure – including the £90m investment in our roads and footways and implementing the
Local Transport Strategy for Renfrewshire as well as significant investment in active travel infrastructure.
• Economic Regeneration – including the work to deliver the housing regeneration investment programme.
• Net Zero -  with the focus on ‘Heat and Fleet’ to transform the approach to the provision of clean energy and
sustainable transport in Renfrewshire.
Page 72 of 290

Page 79

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Data Strategy
The Council’s Digital Strategy includes Smart Data Workstream tasked with improving the management
and exploitation of data in a consistent way across our services, leading to the improvement of the
Council’s capabilities around data. Environment, Housing and Infrastructure (EHI) are a key part of this
work.
As part of the Smart Data Workstream an organisation-wide data governance group has been created
which includes data specialist representatives from all services. Service data strategies continue to be
developed across Environment, Housing and Infrastructure to address gaps and improve the management
and exploitation of business-critical data.
In 2026/27, Environment, Housing and Infrastructure (EHI) will support the Council’s approach to Data as
outlined in the priority actions around strategic, skills, data quality, analysis and using the ERP.
Page 73 of 290

Page 80

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Our risks
RISK MANAGEMENT
- The Council’s risk
management
arrangements are well
established with all
strategic, corporate
and service risks being
reported to the Audit,
Risk and Scrutiny
Board with the last
update being in May
2026. Here is a list of
the Risks sitting within
EHI reported to the
board.
All risks are evaluated using the Council’s adopted risk matrix; this involves multiplying the likelihood of a risk event
occurring by its potential impact. Risks are then evaluated as either ‘low’ (green), ‘moderate’ (yellow), ‘high’ (amber) or
‘very high’ (red).
Page 74 of 290

Page 81

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Key Priorities
Ensure
implementation of 
legislative changes,
national guidance,
policy and service
initiatives with
appropriate
strategies and plans
Deliver the agreed
priorities within the
Council’s Costed
Delivery Plans for Net
Zero
Better use of data and
technology to improve
service performance and
delivery
Deliver the 2026/27 capital
investment Asset
Management programmes
across Public Buildings,
Housing, Roads, Fleet and
Open spaces.
Continue to develop our
service models to support
the Council’s ”Reshaping
Renfrewshire”
transformation programme
including financial
sustainability and to
maximise income
Support staff and
apprenticeship 
development to ensure
they have the right skills
and training to meet the
needs of the service,
now and in the future
Supporting the most
vulnerable members of
our communities,
including people
experiencing and those
threatened by
homelessness
Page 75 of 290

Page 82

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
• Continuing with housing-led regeneration and housing investment programmes including the delivery of 70 new build homes at Howwood Road ad
65 new build homes at Gallowhill.
• Implementation of the replacement housing management systems with Phase 1 of the Project being launched in Quarter 3 2026.
• We will conclude the review of the housing repair system and implement identified action for change, improvement and modernisation aligned to
wider system improvements.
• Implement new Homelessness Action Plan (2026 – 2028).
• We will develop a new Tenant Participation Strategy (2027–2032).
• Deliver the Gallowhill Multi-Story ground source heat project to replace gas heating with new energy efficient clean heating across 180 flats.
• Complete Single Building Assessments across 14 Multi-Story blocks and 2 low rise blocks.
• Develop and implement new damp and mould strategy to reflect requirements in the Housing (Scotland) Act 2025.
• Deliver year 2 of the participatory budgeting programme YouDecide for tenants to identify and vote on projects across the whole of Renfrewshire.
• £1m investment in community facilities which will act as an enabler to the community taking ownership. Paper going to ILE Board on 27 May 2026
to outline principles and governance with the funding being used to upgrade buildings and pavilions.
• Work will be planned and wherever possible undertaken in 2026/27 in relation to the additional £2m funding in relation to capital works across the
Leisure Estate. Work will also continue in the development of using buildings better e.g. libraries (Bridgewater Library and Renfrew Library).
Our focus for 2026-27
Page 76 of 290

Page 83

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
• Continued implementation of our new Local Transport Strategy.
• Deliver year 2 of the £90m 10-year roads investment strategy.
• As part of the parking strategy, we will be undertaking an assessment of parking provision in Renfrew, Johnstone, Erskine and Linwood.
• Review our approach to fly tipping enforcement and use community engagement and data which will inform targeted enforcement.
• Revise the Council’s 2022-2025 Antisocial Behaviour Strategy.
• Develop a Ren Zero Stakeholder Engagement Plan
• We will deliver year 1 of the Carbon Management Plan actions and targets
• EHI & Council -We will shape the delivery of our services, in line with the council Net Zero aspirations.
• Deliver the east west link of the AMIDS South project, between Renfrew Road and the Paisley to Renfrew active travel route.
• Develop our Roads Asset Management Plan to ensure that all road’s related assets are maintained strategically, efficiently, and safely, providing the
best service within our budgets.
• Enhance active travel across Renfrewshire, with the continuation of the Erskine and Inchinnan routes reducing the reliance on private cars.
• Progress with the Regional approach to EV charging infrastructure in collaboration with other City Region partners.
Our focus for 2026-27
Page 77 of 290

Page 84

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
• Continue to deliver a “right first time” approach across all services.
• Delivering key capital projects and delivering on investment made as part of the 2026/27 Council budget.
• Lead the Strategic Property Programme across Renfrewshire Council’s estate.
• We will continue to deliver investment in schools and public buildings across Renfrewshire including the new Paisley Grammar School which will open in August
2026.
• Work with Children’s Services to deliver the Scottish Government commitment of providing breakfast clubs.
• We will progress the development of an Open Space Strategy within Renfrewshire Council.
• Continue to invest in the renewal of Play Parks. The Play Park Renewal Programme has received additional funding and will be extended and delivered
throughout 2026 to 2028.
• Progress with the implementation of 20mph roads across communities in Renfrewshire to enhance road safety.
• We will progress the utilisation of the new route management software to model and implement fully optimised collection routes.
• Continue to tackle the trade in illicit tobacco and vape products working in partnership with Police Scotland and HMRC.
• The service will implement a new fleet management system to manage Renfrewshire Council’s vehicles, assets and equipment.
• Expand our workforce training and development and improve our customer correspondence response times.
• Following the development of the detailed Business Case, we will continue to explore the opportunity to develop a packaging and recycling facility at Middleton
Road in Linwood.
• Effective delivery of our key workforce priorities to support the health, safety, and wellbeing of our staff and enhance staff communication and engagement.
• As a result of the expansion of the Environmental Impact team we will further enhance environmental improvements within communities.
Our focus for 2026-27
Page 78 of 290

Page 85

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Appendix:
Actions and Performance Indicators relevant to the
remit of the Communities and Housing Policy Board
Page 79 of 290

Page 86

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan - PLACE
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will we do it by?
Participatory Budget “You Decide” - Deliver Year 2 of the
three-year Participatory Budgeting programme, ensuring
the successful implementation of all tenants-voted projects
from Year 1 and opening the call for ideas for Year 2.
• Ensure tenants have meaningful, direct influence over
neighbourhood improvements.
• Deliver visible, tenant-led environmental and community
enhancements across all four Local Area Housing
Teams.
• Increase participation and awareness of PB among
tenants, supporting a stronger sense of ownership and
local empowerment.
• Improve transparency and build trust through clear
communication of project outcomes and next steps.
March 2027, with progress
milestones aligned to the Year 2 idea
submission, assessment, voting, and
delivery cycle.
Page 80 of 290

Page 87

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan - PLACE
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will we do it
by?
Howwood Road (70 units) and Gallowhill (65 units) newbuild
developments completed and handed over.
This will deliver 135 new affordable homes to the Council’s housing
stock.
March 2027
Design and Build Contractors appointed for Carbrook Street (20 units)
and Foxbar (45 units) newbuild developments, with statutory approval
process being progressed.
Delivering 65 new affordable homes to the Council’s housing stock. March 2027
Design and Build tenders for Springbank / Mossvale (52 units) and
Thrushcraigs (33 units) newbuild being progressed ahead of
appointment of a build contractor.
Delivering 85 new affordable homes to the Council’s housing stock. March 2027
Appointment of a Landscaping contractor for the upgrade of the
common backcourts at Howard Street and Auchentorlie Quadrant where
we have owner agreement.
Enhancement of the amenity space and bin collection for common
properties at these locations.
March 2027
Page 81 of 290

Page 88

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan - PLACE
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will we do
it by?
Continue with year 5 of the 10-Year Housing-led
Regeneration and Renewal Programme
The Housing-Led Regeneration and Renewal Programme will deliver significant
improvements in properties and communities across the 8 regeneration areas, including;
• Putting people and place at the heart of our decision making
• Improving the fabric of our homes and the surrounding environment
•     Creating a lasting legacy for sustainable change and transformed   communities
March 2027
Increase the number of long-term empty private
properties back into use
We will create a RAG priority matrix and GIS dashboard that will improve data
quality/accuracy and enable targeted, strategic deployment of Empty Homes Officer time.
We will work with our Housing Association partners to identify long-term empty homes in
areas where there is greatest housing need and work with them to bring those properties
back into use where possible
March 2027
Page 82 of 290

Page 89

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan - PLACE
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will we do it by?
Prepare a new Local Housing Strategy for the period
2028-33, in line with revised Scottish Government
guidance.
The new strategy will identify strategic housing priorities within
Renfrewshire and direct resources  to help meet housing needs.
October 2028
Refresh the Strategic Housing Investment Plan to identify
a development programme to ensure Scottish Government
funding is maximised to deliver affordable housing in
Renfrewshire.
Increased supply of affordable homes in Renfrewshire and
support the delivery of the Council’s Housing Regeneration
Programme.
October 2026 (and refreshed annually).
A review of Council owned lock ups and associated policy
and procedures is being undertaken
Existing supply will be better matched with demand, with
investment undertaken as required.
Review of lock up is at an advanced stage.
As part of the expanded review over the
next year ground leases will be reviewed
and both will be presented to the Policy
Board in Mid 2027.
Review our approach to fly tipping enforcement and use
community engagement and data to map out hotspots
which will inform targeted enforcement
We will work to harden Renfrewshire against fly tipping and
through effective detection and enforcement we will tackle those
responsible for fly tipping. Officers from the relevant service are
participating in the review.
March 2027
Page 83 of 290

Page 90

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan - PLACE
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will we do
it by?
Deliver the 2026/27 actions identified within the Housing Asset Management
Strategy associated Action Plan
Investment and maintenance of our Council properties meeting
legislative, government and Council targets.
March 2027
Implement the actions identified from the Repairs Re-design Improve the customer experience of the Repairs & Maintenance
Service.
Ensure that staff are equipped to provide a good quality service
by having appropriate staff, tools, transport, processes and
procedures in place.
March 2027
Continue with next phase of stock condition survey. (Phase 3) Ensure that there is accurate data on stock condition to direct
investment decision making and facilitate future business
planning.
March 2027
Deliver investment programme targets as follows:
- Ground Source Heat pump
- KBRs – 600
- Heating installs -750
- External investment – Regen areas – 160 – Non-Regen areas – 200
- Windows – 500
Improve energy efficiency of stock and ensure stock continues to
meet SHQS and other legislative standards.
March 2027
Page 84 of 290

Page 91

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan - PLACE
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will we do
it by?
Review and revise enforcement of waste regulation for business premises to
ensure all are compliant with their Duty of Care obligations.
We will ensure that all businesses have appropriate
commercial waste contracts in place and that they segregate,
store and manage waste to prevent its escape, with it being
disposed of through proper routes.
December 2026
Undertake Health and Safety interventions within three hotels which are
being used to host athletes, families and officials attending the 2026 Glasgow
Commonwealth Games during 23 July to 2 August.
These visits will provide hotel operators with information packs
and ensure, through these inspections ensure that the
necessary preparations in place to minimise the likelihood of
incidents and ensure any which do arise are managed quickly
and effectively. These interventions will consider Infection
Control (with particular emphasis on Norovirus), Legionella,
Beg Bugs, Food Safety, Health and Safety, Swimming and Spa
pools; all aimed at ensuring the health and wellbeing of guests
June 2026
Undertake Health and Safety interventions which have been detailed within
the Health and Safety Executive’s Local Authority Circular 67/2 and will focus
on the use of large inflatable amusement devices at public events and
trampoline parks, both of which can present significant risks to the safety of
users.
Interventions concerning large inflatable amusement devices
at public events and trampoline parks will ensure they are
safely installed, supervised appropriately and properly
maintained to ensure these are safe for use by the public.
March 2027
Page 85 of 290

Page 92

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan - PLACE
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will we do
it by?
Develop a draft Air Quality Strategy which will collate actions across relevant
Council Services which have a positive impact on continuing to improve air
quality for our residents.
The draft strategy will be submitted to the ILE Policy Board for approval once
it is completed.
The draft strategy will ensure that the improvements which
have been realised through previous Air Quality Management
Areas and Action Plans will be secured, with continuing
downward trends, providing cleaner air for residents and
visitors to Renfrewshire.
March 2027
Review our approach to arrangements for dealing with reported abandoned
vehicles, ensuring ongoing compliance with statutory duties and alignment
with service priorities.
We will ensure the effective and timely removal of abandoned
vehicles to mitigate risks of vandalism and enhance community
safety for residents.
October 2026
Review resource allocation and develop a data-led parking enforcement
approach that identifies hotspot areas, enabling proactive and more effective
deployment of resources.
We will ensure that parking infringements in problem areas are
identified and targeted which will result in safer streets and
improved traffic flow for communities and businesses in
affected areas.
October 2026
Page 86 of 290

Page 93

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan - PLACE
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will we do it
by?
Team Up to Clean Up
• Continue to develop and support the Team Up to Clean Up
model as a community-led approach, enabling residents to
identify and take action on local environmental issues.
• Expand volunteer participation and strengthen engagement
through the established online community.
• Provide practical tools, equipment and support to enable
safe, visible and effective volunteer activity.
• Deploy AI-enabled cameras in identified littering hotspot
areas, in partnership with the Renfrewshire Community
Safety Partnership, to support targeted enforcement.
• Install supporting signage in areas where cameras are
operational to increase awareness and act as a deterrent.
• Deliver behaviour change initiatives using nudge techniques,
including chalk stencilling and targeted messaging relating to
littering, dog fouling and flytipping.
• Introduce volunteer A-frame signage to improve visibility and
safety, responding directly to feedback from participants.
• Strengthened community capacity and increased resident-
led action in maintaining local environments, supporting a
shift from service-led responses to shared responsibility.
• Improved environmental quality across targeted areas,
with a reduction in littering and associated behaviours
through a combination of engagement, education and
enforcement.
• Increased visibility of positive community activity, helping
to build civic pride, encourage wider participation, and
reinforce positive social norms.
• A more connected and empowered network of volunteers,
contributing to cleaner, safer and more resilient
communities across Renfrewshire.
Activity will take place on an
ongoing basis throughout the
period April to October.
AI-enabled cameras will be
deployed from May onwards,
with supporting signage installed
in advance of operation.
Volunteer A-frame signage is
already available for use.
Behaviour change activity,
including stencil deployment, will
be delivered during May, with
potential for further rollout
across the period.
Page 87 of 290

Page 94

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan - PLACE
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will we do it by?
Villages Investment Fund
• Promote the Villages Investment Fund (VIF) across
Renfrewshire, encouraging community groups and
organisations to come forward with project ideas and
potential applications
• Provide early engagement and support to groups to
help shape proposals, strengthen applications and
build confidence in accessing funding.
• Engage with local partnerships and community
networks to raise awareness of the Fund and increase
participation from a wider range of communities.
• Present to partnership forums and stakeholder groups
to showcase opportunities and encourage
collaborative approaches.
• Submit a report to the Board highlighting the impact
and successes of the Fund over the past five years,
including key projects and outcomes.
• Increased awareness and accessibility of the Fund,
supporting a broader and more diverse range of
community groups to engage.
• Strengthened community capacity to develop, deliver and
sustain local projects.
• Improved quality of applications through early engagement
and support, leading to more deliverable and impactful
projects.
• Greater visibility of the positive impact of the Fund,
reinforcing its value and supporting continued investment.
• Enhanced collaboration between community
organisations, partners and the Council, contributing to
stronger and more resilient local communities
• Activity will take place on an ongoing basis
throughout the period April to October.
• Promotion of the Fund and engagement
with community groups will be continuous
across the period.
• Attendance at Local Partnership meetings
and stakeholder engagement sessions will
be delivered throughout the period, aligned
to existing schedules.
• Early engagement and application support
will be provided on a rolling basis as
enquiries are received.
• A summary report on the impact and
successes of the Fund will be prepared
and submitted to the Board within the
period
Page 88 of 290

Page 95

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan – PLACE
Performance Indicator Target Frequency
Private Water Supplies – 100% of Regulated  supplies risk assessed and sampled 100% Annual
Percentage of reactive repairs carried out in the last year completed right first time (Housing Services) 93% Annual
Percentage of Overall Repairs Completed Within Target (Housing Services) 95% Quarterly
Average length of time taken to complete non-emergency repairs (days) (Housing Services) 15.0 days Quarterly
Average time from households presenting themselves as homeless to completion of duty (number of
weeks) 26 weeks Quarterly
Page 89 of 290

Page 96

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan - ECONOMYWhat will we do? What difference will we make? When will we do it
by?
Further develop the Neighbourhood Environment Trainee
Teams (NETT) programme following the successful
expansion to four squads.
• More responsive, visible, and effective neighbourhood
environmental services.
• Better alignment of NETT activity to local priorities through
data-led, place-based planning.
• Increased community satisfaction through sustained
improvements in environmental standards.
• Ongoing improvements, and liaison with Invest to support
enhanced outcomes for trainees.
• A clear, evidence-based plan for the long-term development
of NETT.
March 2027, with the full-
service review completed by
September 2026 and
programme development
actions implemented across
the remainder of the year.
Continue to tackle the trade in illicit tobacco and vape
products under the national Operation CeCe with Trading
Standards staff working with Police Scotland
This is ongoing work which removes illicit tobacco and vape
products from the market, which will support legitimate business
traders who are compliant with their legal obligations.
March 2027
Trading Standards Officers will conduct a programme of
targeted inspection visits to premises to ensure that retailers
who supply Nicotine Vapour Products (NVPs) from their
premises are correctly registered on the Scottish Tobacco
and Nicotine Vapour Products Retailers Register.
This is ongoing work which will support the legitimate businesses
in the sale of NVPs and removal of any damaged, counterfeit or
non-complaint NVPs product during inspection visits, will remove
these from sale. Non-complaint businesses will be subject to
enforcement action
March 2027
We will run an NVP safety awareness campaign for local
businesses and the public across Renfrewshire Council’s
website and social media platforms.
The campaign will focus on battery safety, integrity and correct
disposal which will ensure retailers and the public are aware of
the risks from NVPs directly and from their lithium-ion batteries.
This will aim to minimise risks presented by these products.
October 2026
Delivering the Council Plan – ECONOMY
Page 90 of 290

Page 97

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan - FAIR
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will we
do it by?
Implement new Homelessness Action Plan 2026 – 2028.
The measures covered by the Homelessness Action Plan will help
ensure that the Council and partners will be in a position to meet the
needs of those who are homeless or threatened with homelessness. End of 2027/28
Review the impact of the New Harbour Project launched in March
2026.
Assess the degree to which the New Harbour Project has supported
those who are homeless, or at risk of homelessness. Initial Review will be
completed by April 2027
Review operation and impact of ‘No.31 Well-being Hub’ The ‘No 31’ Hub was established in Sept 2026 to provide a location for
wellbeing and community integration related activities in line with the
New Scots Integration Strategy. Our Review will measure and assess
its impact.
March 2027
We will develop a new Tenant Participation Strategy (2027–2032)
which will set out how we will work with our tenants, residents, and
communities to shape, improve, and monitor the housing services
we deliver.
To deliver tenant participation that is inclusive, meaningful and fit for a
moder age – ensuring every tenant has the opportunity, confidence and
support to influence the services that affect their lives.
Strategy to be developed
by March 2027
Page 91 of 290

Page 98

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan - FAIR
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will we do it by?
Develop a new income-maximisation and
benefits transition support programme.
Now that Universal Credit migration is complete,
the focus will shift to proactive engagement with
tenants approaching pension age to support their
transition from Universal Credit back to Housing
Benefit
• Prevent avoidable rent arrears for older tenants by ensuring
housing costs continue seamlessly during the transition.
• Reduce financial stress and vulnerability during a period of
significant change for many households.
• Improve take-up of available benefits through earlier
identification and proactive contact.
• Enhance partnership working and create a more consistent
experience for tenants accessing income-related support.
• Improve tenancy sustainment outcomes, particularly for older
tenants with complex needs or low digital confidence.
Programme launch by September 2026, with
full operational delivery in place by March
2027.
Revise the Council’s 2022-2025 Antisocial
Behaviour Strategy to ensure this remains
relevant and supports the wider Community
Safety Partnership to address issues where they
arise within our communities.
Responding to antisocial behaviour in Renfrewshire through a
partnership and evidence led early intervention approach will
continue to reduce incidents of antisocial behaviour. This also
provides the communities within Renfrewshire the most effective
service from all Partners.
October 2026
Page 92 of 290

Page 99

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan - FAIR
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will we do it by?
We will implement Phase 2 of the NEC
Housing Management System
Integrating multiple housing applications into a single, unified system will
significantly strengthen service delivery across repairs, asset management,
customer engagement, and homelessness support. A consolidated platform
removes duplication, reduces manual processes, and ensures all teams
operate from accurate, real-time data—improving decision-making,
compliance, and overall service efficiency.
For customers, a single online portal offers a clearer, more accessible way
to report issues, track progress, and manage their tenancy, supporting
greater digital engagement and reducing avoidable contact.
Operationally, the integrated system enables more proactive repairs and
asset management, better resource planning, and improved oversight of
statutory duties. Homelessness services benefit from streamlined case
management and better coordination, leading to faster interventions and
improved outcomes.
Overall, this approach modernises our operating model, enhances
performance, and ensures we are better positioned to deliver consistent,
customer-focused services and meet future organisational challenges.
Phase 2 July 2027
Page 93 of 290

Page 100

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan - GREEN
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will
we do it
by?
Develop and deliver on plan for year 2 of Climate
Capital Programme. This will include the expansion of
Solar PV across Council Buildings
The capital programme supports the Council to make significant progress in reducing its
carbon emissions and improving efficiency and performance.
March 27
Continue to deliver on Ren Zero priority projects
including exploring renewable energy opportunities,
developing an Adaptation Plan for Renfrewshire and
Sustainable Travel
The priority projects will support each of the key themes within Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net
Zero including clean energy, sustainable transport and resilient place
March 27
Develop a Ren Zero Stakeholder Engagement Plan This will provide a clear strategy and plan for engaging with key stakeholders on a number
of areas related to sustainability and climate.
March 27
Develop a strategic approach for the decarbonisation
of Council non-domestic buildings.
Buildings are the cause of a large percentage of the Council’s emissions. A clear strategic
approach will be required to work towards reducing emissions in this area.
March  27
Page 94 of 290

Page 101

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan - GREEN
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will
we do it
by?
Delivery of year 1 of the Carbon Management Plan
targets
Contributes to reducing the Council’s emissions in a number of key areas including waste,
street lighting, fleet and business travel.
November 26
Conclusion of the Outline Business Case development
for District Heating Networks.
A significant project as part of Renfrewshire’s LHEES, outlining the potential viability of 2
major DHNs in the Renfrewshire Area
August 26
Delivery of Nature Restoration Funded projects
including Restoring Renfrewshire Rivers and
Biodiversity Areas
Contributes to the conservation and enhancement of biodiversity across Renfrewshire inline
with the biodiversity duty and our Local Biodiversity Action Plan.
March 27
Page 95 of 290

Page 102

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan – GREEN
Performance Indicator Target Frequency
Percentage of Council housing stock which meets the Scottish Housing Quality Standard. 82.23% Annual
Page 96 of 290

Page 103

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan – LIVING OUR VALUES
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will we
do it by?
Recruit two new Modern Apprentices into Housing
Services to continue developing a skilled and sustainable
workforce pipeline.
• Strengthen workforce resilience by creating a continuous talent pipeline for future
Housing Officer and support roles.
• Support local young people into employment, training, and career development
opportunities.
• Retain organisational knowledge and skills through structured learning, coaching
and buddying within teams.
• Enhance service capacity by enabling apprentices to support with key operational
tasks as their learning progresses.
• Contribute to the Council’s wider commitments on employability and workforce
development.
Recruitment completed
by October 2026, with
both apprentices inducted
and placed within
operational teams by
December 2026.
Training and development
programme running
through to March 2027.
Actively support the Council’s ‘Living Well, Leading Well’
programme, including driving service-level improvements
to manage absence
Staff and managers are aware of the supports available to support good health and
wellbeing and benefit from a fair and consistent approach to absence. Improving our
absence levels is a shared goal.
March 2027
Support Year 1 of the AI Transformation Programme Ensure Environment, Housing and Infrastructure requirements are represented on the
AI Transformation Programme. EHI subject matter expertise will optimise the alignment
of relevant AI solutions with EHI strategic and operational outcomes.
March 2027
Contribute to the refresh of the Trauma Informed
Responsive Renfrewshire Roadmap
We understand what trauma is, and how it affects people, so we will now work
differently: Learning and working together to co-create fair and helpful collaborations to
support healing and recovery with people affected by trauma.
Progress towards, and achievement of, improvement outcomes for people, systems and
services as detailed of five strategic themes and outcomes in Trauma Informed and
Responsive Renfrewshire programme
March 2027
Page 97 of 290

Page 104

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan – LIVING OUR VALUES
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will
we do it by?
Develop and support our workforce through training
and development demonstrating our value as a
learning organisation.
A focus on training and development of our workforce, both networked and
frontline employees, ensures they are supported with the skills, knowledge and
training to successfully undertake their role.
.
March 2029
Support wider employee health and wellbeing across
Environment, Housing & Infrastructure (EHI).
Our programme of events and information sessions will support wider employee
health and wellbeing.
March 2027
We recognise that Health, Safety and Wellbeing is
an integral part of our business. We will deliver our
actions outlined in the Environment, Housing &
Infrastructure (EHI) Health, Safety and Wellbeing
Plan 2026 – 2029.
Our Health, Safety and Wellbeing Plan actions outline a range of measures to
maintain, improve and support our employee's health, safety and wellbeing at
work.
March 2029
Page 98 of 290

Page 105

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan – LIVING OUR VALUES
Performance Indicator Target Frequency
Average number of workdays lost through sickness absence per employee (FTE) (cumulative) 13 days Quarterly
% of Members enquiries completed within timescale 85% Quarterly
% of frontline resolutions dealt with within timescale 85% Quarterly
% of complaint investigation completed within timescale 85% Quarterly
% of FOI request completed within timescale 100% Quarterly
Training – Percentage of staff training undertaken in relation to qualifications (Public Protection) 100% Quarterly
Gross rent arrears (all tenants) as at 31 March each year as a percentage of rent due for the reporting year 7.0% Quarterly
Rent collected as percentage of total rent due in the reporting year 98% Quarterly
Average length of time taken to re-let properties in the last year (in days) 35 days Quarterly
Percentage of rent loss due to voids 1.00% Quarterly
Page 99 of 290

Page 106

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan – LIVING OUR VALUES
Performance Indicator Target Frequency
% of corporate induction completed within 30 days of starting employment with the Council * 75% Annual
% of mandatory training courses for frontline employees completed * 85% Annual
% of mandatory training courses for employees with access to the Council’s network completed * 90% Annual
% Percentage of Personal Development Plans (PDPs) for employees with access to the Council's network
completed* 90% Annual
Page 100 of 290

Page 107

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Data Strategy: Priority Activities
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will we
do it by?
Strategic: We will align service data activities with the Digital Strategy for
Renfrewshire objective: Data is a critical asset.  We will ensure visibility of data
activities at Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Directorate (Director & 4
Heads of Service).
Senior Management visibility ensures data activities will
be prioritised. March 2027
Skills: We will identify skills gaps (e.g. data input, data analysis) and training
needs across Environment, Housing and Infrastructure and address through our
Workforce Development plan in line with the Renfrewshire Council People
Strategy.
Ensure the workforce has appropriate capabilities to
improve the effectiveness of our data. March 2027
Data Quality: We will review data quality in key business systems and processes
and develop an improvement plan.
Increase in data accuracy and improved data available to
support services to make data driven decisions. March 2028
Analysis: We will further define analysis requirements to improve decision-making
and build capabilities locally within services where required.
Improve how data is presented to decision makers.
March 2028
ERP: We will work with Corporate Teams to promote and increase the use of
standard dashboards as business as usual.
Improve access to data within the ERP.
March 2028
Data Advisory Group (DAG): We will ensure EHI representation at the DAG to
ensure our data activities align with the Data Strategy Framework; cross-service
data sharing opportunities are identified and that data improvement activities are
carried out in a consistent manner across the organisation.
Our representation at the DAG will ensure data is used
collaboratively across services to support the Council’s
strategic outcomes.
March 2028
Page 101 of 290

Page 108

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan – Cross cutting theme
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will we do it
by?
We will strengthen EHI’s
contribution to Keeping The
Promise by embedding
rights-based, trauma-informed and
relationship-centred practice across
Housing and Homelessness
Services.
Care Experienced young people will have improved access to safe, stable and suitable homes,
reducing crisis and homelessness.
March 2027
We will develop personalised
Housing Pathways for Care
Experienced young people,
ensuring early identification of risk,
proactive prevention of
homelessness and clear, supported
routes into stable accommodation.
Earlier identification of risk and strengthened joint planning will prevent housing breakdowns
and promote stability.
March 2027
IMPROVING OUTCOMES FOR CHILDREN AND FAMILIES
‘Across all of our work and all of our efforts, we hope for loving and happy lives for Renfrewshire’s children – working together to get it right for children, families and
communities – protecting, learning, achieving and nurturing. Every priority of this Council Plan will contribute to improving the lives of Renfrewshire’s children and
their families. It is our fundamental duty as an organisation and our shared responsibility as citizens of this place to ensure that our children inherit a Renfrewshire
where their wellbeing is nurtured, their futures are bright, and their environment is safe and healthy.’
Page 102 of 290

Page 109

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Delivering the Council Plan – Cross cutting theme
What will we do? What difference will we make? When will
we do it
by?
We will deepen collaboration with Children’s
Services, Whole Family Wellbeing and community
partners to deliver coordinated early-help responses
that strengthen relationships, belonging and
long-term housing stability.
Housing and Homelessness Services will contribute consistently to whole-system
Promise delivery and shared accountability.
March 2027
We will continue driving cultural change across
EHI by embedding Renfrewshire’s Language
Policy, expanding workforce development,
promoting the Promise Keeper Network and
supporting inclusive recruitment through the
Guaranteed Interview Scheme..
Staff will deliver compassionate, trauma-informed interactions, improving trust,
relationships and outcomes.
March 2027
IMPROVING OUTCOMES FOR CHILDREN AND FAMILIES
‘Across all of our work and all of our efforts, we hope for loving and happy lives for Renfrewshire’s children – working together to get it right for children, families and
communities – protecting, learning, achieving and nurturing. Every priority of this Council Plan will contribute to improving the lives of Renfrewshire’s children and
their families. It is our fundamental duty as an organisation and our shared responsibility as citizens of this place to ensure that our children inherit a Renfrewshire
where their wellbeing is nurtured, their futures are bright, and their environment is safe and healthy.’
Page 103 of 290

Page 110

Title can go here
• Click to edit Master text styles
• Second level
• Third level
• Fourth level
• Fifth level
Environment, Housing &
Infrastructure 
Service Improvement Plan 2026 – 29
For more information, please contact:
douglas.morrison@renfrewshire.gov.uk
Page 104 of 290

Page 111

PUBLIC
_____________________________________________________________________
To: Communities and Housing Policy Board 
On: 19 May 2026
_____________________________________________________________________
Report by: Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure
_____________________________________________________________________
Heading: Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Health, Safety and
Wellbeing     Plan 2026–2029
_____________________________________________________________________
1. Summary
1.1 The Council’s Health and Wellbeing Plan, a key priority within the Council’s People
Strategy 2021 – 2026, promotes a positive Health and Safety culture to ensure
compliance with relevant Health and Safety legislation and supports the Council
Plan in Working together to achieve a thriving and connected Renfrewshire,
creating opportunities for all.
1.2 This report sets out Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Department’s
approach to Health, Safety and Wellbeing with a Health, Safety and Wellbeing
Plan 2026 - 2029 (Appendix 1) and a detailed Health, Safety and Wellbeing Action
Plan 2026 – 2029 (Appendix 2) as it relates to the remit of the Communities and
Housing Policy Board.
1.3 It should be noted that a similar Report and Plan will be considered by the
Communities and Housing Policy Board on 19th May 2026, the Infrastructure, Land
and Environment Policy Board on 27th May 2026 and the Finance, Resources and
Customer Services Policy Board on 4th June 2026 in respect of the elements
covered by those Boards’ remits.
_____________________________________________________________________
2. Recommendations
It is recommended that the Communities and Housing Policy Board:
2.1 Approves the Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Health, Safety and
Wellbeing Plan 2026-2029 (Appendix 1) and associated Action Plan (Appendix
2) as specific to the areas of activity delegated to this Policy Board.
Item 5
CHPB190526 Page 105 of 290

Page 112

PUBLIC
2.2 Notes that this Plan is also being presented to the Infrastructure, Land and
Environment Policy Board and the Finance, Resources and Customer Services
Policy Board to approve the elements covered within those Boards’ remits.
_____________________________________________________________________
3. Background
3.1. Environment, Housing and Infrastructure (EHI) is responsible for the provision of
everyday essential services, directly to the public of Renfrewshire, to other
services within the Council and to community planning partners. These services
are delivered by around 1,800 Full Time Equivalent* (FTE*), with an estimated net
expenditure of £79.282m (excluding Housing Revenue Account) for 2026/27.  The
Housing Revenue Account (HRA) budget and Rent Levels for total rental and other
income for 2026/27 is £70.776m. The gross value of the Housing Capital
Investment Plan for the 5-year period from 2026/27 to 2030/32 is £337.338m.
3.2. The Department provides the following key frontline services:
• Operations: Neighbourhood Services, Fleet and Social Transportation, Waste
and Recycling (providing waste and recycling collections to over 92,000
households).
• Climate, Public Protection and Roads: supporting our communities through our
Regulatory and Community Safety Services and supporting more than 871 km
of roads and transport infrastructure.
• Facilities and Property Services: (Hard and Soft Services) including PPP
schools, cleaning/catering/janitorial services, public building (repairs,
maintenance and compliance), Building Services and Property Services, a
multi-disciplinary design team.
• Housing Services: Management and investment in housing stock (11,942
homes for social rent) and providing a wide range of advice and  support to our
tenants.
3.3 Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Services deliver universal services for
over 189,000 Renfrewshire residents, helping to run our schools and care homes,
providing 11,942 homes for social rent, protecting and enhancing our local
environment though a wide range of initiatives and work to make Renfrewshire a
great place to live and work.
3.4 Our services are delivered by a diverse, skilled and committed workforce of around
1,800 FTE* who deliver services 24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a
year. The health, safety and wellbeing of all our employees is of paramount
importance.
3.5 Governance for Health, Safety and Wellbeing is provided through 6-weekly
discussions at the Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Senior Leadership
Team meetings and quarterly CRMT (Crisis Resilient Management Team).
*Please note this does not include casual/seasonal employees
_____________________________________________________________________
Page 106 of 290

Page 113

PUBLIC
Implications of the Report
1. Financial – Potential exists for financial liability from property damage, civil or
criminal prosecutions through the outcome of accidents and/or ill-health. This
report demonstrates Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Services
compliance and commitment to Health and Safety policies and procedures.
2. HR & Organisational Development – This report supports Renfrewshire
Council’s commitment to the health, safety and wellbeing of employees.
3. Community/Council Planning
• Our Renfrewshire is well – EHI will improve the physical and mental health and
wellbeing of employees through participation in the “Healthy Working Lives”
and “Your Health Matters” Programmes and any other corporate initiatives
promoting wellbeing.
• Our Renfrewshire is safe – EHI will provide training and support to employees
to allow them to develop within the organisation and to gain the skills and
experience necessary to provide a quality service to our customers.
4. Legal – Environment, Housing and Infrastructure will continue to comply with all
current statutory Health and Safety legislation and Renfrewshire Council
Corporate Health and Safety policies and guidance.
5. Property/Assets – The maintenance of appropriate registers (e.g. Asbestos
Register with respect of domestic Council properties) and an obligation to conduct
workplace inspections.
6. Information Technology - None
7. Equality & Human Rights - The Recommendations contained within this report
have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No
negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’
human rights have been identified arising from the recommendations contained in
the report.  If required following implementation, the actual impact of the
recommendations and the mitigating actions will be reviewed and monitored, and
the results of the assessment will be published on the Council’s website.
8. Health & Safety – This report supports and demonstrates Environment, Housing
and Infrastructure’s commitment to ensuring effective Health and Safety
management across the Department.
9. Procurement - None
10. Risk – This report supports the overarching management of risk within
Renfrewshire Council.
11. Privacy Impact- None.
12. Climate Risk – None
13. Children’s Rights – This report is for noting and has no direct implications on
children’s rights
Page 107 of 290

Page 114

PUBLIC
14. COSLA Policy Position – None.
_____________________________________________________________________
List of Background Papers
(a) Background Paper 1: Audit, Risk and Scrutiny Board (18th May 2026 Risk
Report)
The foregoing background papers will be retained within Environment, Housing and
Infrastructure Department (Service Development) for inspection by the public for the
prescribed period of four years from the date of the meeting. The contact officer within
the service is Gill Darbyshire, Senior Service Development Manager,
gill.darbyshire@renfrewshire.gov.uk
_____________________________________________________________________
Author: Gordon McNeil, Director of Environment, Housing & Infrastructure
Gill Darbyshire, Senior Service Development Manager
E-mail: Gordon.mcneil@renfrewshire.gov.uk
Gill.darbyshire@renfrewshire.gov.uk
Page 108 of 290

Page 115

PUBLIC
Appendix 1
Renfrewshire Council
Environment, Housing and Infrastructure
HEALTH, SAFETY AND WELLBEING PLAN
1st April 2026 – 31st March 2029
(Communities and Housing Policy Board)
May 2026
Page 109 of 290

Page 116

PUBLIC
This three-year Health, Safety and Wellbeing Plan 2026 - 2029 is prepared by Environment,
Housing and Infrastructure (EHI) in accordance with Renfrewshire Council’s Health and
Safety Policy and Plan, the purpose of which is to evaluate the health and safety
performance of Services and   set future health, safety and wellbeing objectives aligned to the
Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Service Improvement Plan (SIP) 2026 – 2029.
1. Management of health and safety within Services
1.1 Broad context of health and safety policy
The Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure (EHI) has overall
responsibility for the application of Health and Safety Policy, welfare and wellbeing at
work of employees within the Services. The Senior Leadership Team of EHI,
comprising four Heads of Service and Senior Managers, take a lead and active role
in the monitoring and application of health, safety and wellbeing policy.
The objective of EHI is to ensure that health, safety and wellbeing are an integral part
of the business, and all service areas continually seek to develop a positive culture
and attitude amongst employees to achieve this.
As outlined below, regular discussion take place on a wide range of health, safety
and wellbeing policy areas and this allows the opportunity to ensure that
arrangements are in place to reflect the service fully and to monitor the effectiveness
of current arrangements, updating as required.
2. Organisation for implementing health and safety management
2.1 Health and Safety Planning Group/Committees
Environment, Housing & Infrastructure (EHI) is represented on the Corporate Health
and Safety Committee (CH&SC) by the Senior Service Development Manager who
attends the quarterly meetings. The Head of Operations and Service Development
Chairs the Council’s Resilience Management Team (CRMT) which covers all
services across the Council. Health and Safety is led across EHI by Director, Heads
of Service and the Senior Service Development Manager supported by the Service
Co-ordination Assistant and officers across all Services.
A 6-weekly cycle of meetings of EHI Senior Leadership Team (SLT) is chaired by the
Head of Operations and Service Development, arranged to align with the quarterly
meeting cycle of the CH&SC, which discusses a wide range of health, safety,
wellbeing and welfare topics including:
(a) Accidents - statistics, trends, investigations and other information to identify
causes and provide, so far as is practicable, solutions for their prevention.
(b) Workplace inspections (internal) and audits (Corporate and external)
(c) The planning, performance management and review of EHI’s approach to
Health, Safety, Wellbeing and Welfare.
(d) The monitoring and implementation of the Health, Safety and Wellbeing Action
Plan
Page 110 of 290

Page 117

PUBLIC
(e) The identification, assessment and recording of risks
(f) Actions arising from the Corporate Health & Safety Committee (CHSCM)
(g) Actions arising from the corporate and service Risk Management and planning
arrangements, and
(h) New developments in Health & Safety arising from legislation and  Government
and Council policy
The Health, Safety, Wellbeing and Welfare Policy continues to reflect and provide a
guidance framework for the management of Health and Safety across EHI.
Consultation Mechanisms
Figure 1: Environment, Housing & Infrastructure Consultation Cycle
Other Information on health and safety issues are communicated to employees using
a wide range of internal channels such as strategic meetings, operational meetings,
Trade Union meetings, workload reviews, “toolbox talks,” emails and noticeboards.
It is particularly important to note that a significant number of EHI employees do not
have access to electronic communications and therefore, as set out above, a range
of approaches are taken in this area including joint working arrangements for
employee and Trade Union consultation. Although the Department has an ability to
communicate digitally with frontline employees through digital messaging, enabling a
quick and effective way to communicate important information, this relies on
employees providing a personal mobile number and signing up to receive
notifications through “RenTalk”.
Health & Safety
Co-ordinator/
Senior Service
Developement
Manager
EH&I Senior
Leadership
Team (SLT)
Health and
Safety
Meetings
Coporate
Health and
Safety
Committee
All Staff
Corporate
Health and
Safety
Page 111 of 290

Page 118

PUBLIC
Regular meetings take place with EHI Directorate (Director and four Heads of
Service) and Trade Union Representatives where key health, safety and wellbeing
issues may be discussed, supporting ongoing awareness and practice of health and
safety, management of risks, prevention of accidents and ill health and the
maintenance of safe working practices.
3. Planning and setting standards:
3.1 Setting of health and safety objectives
The Council’s Health and Wellbeing Plan sets the Council’s strategic aims in this
area and together with, “Our People, Our Future 2021- 2026”, provides a high- level
guide on which EHI bases all health and safety objectives to support with wider
outcomes.
Across EHI there is a clear understanding of the wide range of services and the risks
associated with these. When setting health and safety objectives the EHI and Health
and Safety Senior Leadership Team (SLT) consider matters such as:
• Developments or changes in the regulation of health and safety in the workplace
or in working practices:
• The identification of areas where there is a need for improvement that may entail
the implementation of safe working practices or investment in equipment; and the
need for training and raising awareness in relation to health and safety.
3.2 Health and Safety Risk Management Update 2026
The Annual Risk update 2026 sets out the key area of risk for Renfrewshire Council.
Risks are evaluated using the Council’s risk matrix multiplying the likelihood of a risk
occurring by its potential impact and are then evaluated as “low,” “moderate”, “high”
or “very high”. The latest report outlines a number of risks carried by EHI and the
actions proposed to mitigate these. The work outlined in this report contributes to
wider health and safety objectives and the minimisation of risk in this area.
3.3 Roles and Responsibilities
Senior Leadership Team
The Senior Leadership Team (SLT) recognises the power of leading by example.
Through visual felt leadership, we are committed to actively engaging with our teams,
building strong personnel connections, and demonstrating purposeful actions that
drive positive safety behaviours, enhance risk controls, and prevent incidents.
Page 112 of 290

Page 119

PUBLIC
Managers
Managers have the responsibility for ensuring that EHI objectives are translated into
operational effectiveness and high standards of quality, health, and safety
performance. They are accountable for the outcomes of their service areas and
implementing the requirements of the British Standards Institute (BSI) ISO 9001-
quality management system for accredited services. Managers are also responsible
for complying with corporate procedures for reporting injuries, diseases and
dangerous occurrences to the Health and Safety Executive as required by regulations
and ensuring that all incidents are recorded and investigated in accordance with
established procedures.
Supervisors
Supervisors are responsible for managing the day-to-day operations. They are
responsible for conducting skills training, providing toolbox talks and ensuring that
work is conducted in compliance with safe working practices, risk assessments and
other arrangements. Supervisors are responsible for reporting unsafe conditions,
behaviours, and incidents to their line managers and ensuring that all incidents are
recorded in accordance with established procedures.
Employees
Employees are individually responsible for ensuring that they understand their role in
achieving standards, expectations and outcomes and then putting these principles
into practice. They are required to report any problems they may identify, accidents
or incidents, in accordance with established arrangements. 
3.4 General Statement of Health, Safety and Wellbeing Policy
EHI is committed to the objectives of attaining a high standard of health and safety
performance in the delivery of its services by implementing and maintaining an
integrated Quality, health and safety management system.
EHI is committed to the prevention of injury and health, and continual improvement
of the quality health and safety management system and performance, so far as
reasonably practicable.
EHI general statement of health, safety and wellbeing policy takes all responsible
steps to ensure the health, safety, wellbeing and welfare at work of its employees
and all other persons who may be affected by its undertaking.
The Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure has overall responsibility for
the application of this policy.  All staff and persons working under the control of EHI
are responsible for implementation and adherence to the policy, procedures, risk
assessments and other controls referenced in applicable documents within the
integrated management system.
Page 113 of 290

Page 120

PUBLIC
3.5 Wellbeing Initiatives 
The Health and Wellbeing Forum, comprising of representatives from service across
EHI discusses a range of initiatives and supports implementation of these across the
Services. 
A range of work is being undertaken to increase awareness of the range of health
and wellbeing support available to employees.  To date this has included providing
information at Underwood Road Depot for employee based at that location and will
be rolled out further over the lifetime of this Plan. 
Renfrewshire Council has signed up to the Unite Unions workplace “Gambling
Charter” which has been created to provide a framework for employers and unions
to assist workers who have or may be concerned about, gambling issues.  This
involves working in partnership with RCA Trust to deliver training to managers, union
representatives and Renfrewshire Council “mental health first aiders”.  To ensure that
this is accessible for all employees Corporate Teams are developing an i-Learn
course alongside a Toolbox Talk which will be delivered to our frontline staff who
cannot access i-Learn courses. 
3.6 Occupational Health Usage 
EHI has a wide range of measure to support the health, safety and wellbeing of our
workforce. This includes health surveillance (annual assessments) around “hand arm
vibration” (HAVS) and noise for those potentially exposed to these risks. The School
Crossing Patrollers were all invited to attend a role specific medical assessment.
Findings from any assessment are actively followed up and referral to the
appropriate medical professional if required is put in place. 
3.7 Health and Safety Training 
EHI recognise that health and safety training is a key factor in the reduction of
accidents, incidents and the prevention of ill-health. Services actively support,
organise and carry out such training on a regular basis as required. 
3.8 Service Health and Safety Audits/Inspections 
The Operation Services (Neighbourhood Services, Fleet and Sustainable Transport,
Waste and Recycling), Service Development Team and Roads and Infrastructure
maintained the British Standards Institute ISO 9001 – Quality Management System
accreditation that supports the teams to monitor and continually seek to improve the
quality of our services. To maintain ISO 9001 Quality Management System
accreditation across these services, there is a planned schedule of internal audits
undertaken across the year. 
4. Measuring performance 
The Annual Health, Safety and Wellbeing Plan is discussed at each EHI Health,
Safety, Wellbeing and Welfare Senior Leadership Team meeting and a mid-year
report is considered by the Communities and Housing Policy Board, Infrastructure,
Land and Environment Policy Board and the Finance and Resources Customer
Policy Board for the areas relevant to their remit to review and monitor performance
against the key actions detailed in the Plan. 
Page 114 of 290

Page 121

PUBLIC
4.1 Active monitoring 
The EHI Health, Safety, Wellbeing and Welfare Safety Senior Leadership Team
closely monitor the health and safety performance to identify any trends and
implement initiatives to address these. This work considers both internal and external
HSE inspections, accident reviews and investigations, wellbeing information and
legislative and industry guidance. 
All services continue to undertake a range of work to ensure statutory compliance. 
A Corporate Health and Safety programme of planned workplace inspections for
2026/27 is currently being developed. 
4.2 Re-active monitoring 
The ongoing health, safety and wellbeing of employees and service users continues
to be a priority for EHI. The focus to promote an open, positive health and safety
culture and to encourage employees and management to report all incidents,
accidents, and occurrences. 
All reported incidents, accidents and occurrences are reviewed on a weekly basis,
ensuring accurate data. Every incident, accident or occurrence is investigated and
associated risk assessments reviewed and amended where necessary. 
5. Review of support services 
Supporting our employees and attendance is a key priority for EHI and arrangements
are in place to utilise the services of the Council’s Occupational Health provider.
Systems and processes are in place for manager or employee to self-referral to the
Occupational Health Service or employee counselling service. The key elements that
can be used are: 
• Early intervention programme
• Employee counselling service (“Time for Thriving”)
• Treating employees referred to the Service
• Physiotherapy and
• Cognitive Behaviour Therapy (CBT) for employees
• Statutory Occupational Health Benchmarking (e.g. Hand Arm Vibration
Syndrome (HAVS), Audiometry) 
6. Health and Safety Action Plan 2026/2029 (Appendix 2) 
The Environment Housing & Infrastructure (EHI) Health, Safety and Wellbeing Action
Plan 2026/29 sets out the key actions that will be undertaken. The EHI Health, Safety,
Wellbeing and Welfare Senior Leadership Team (SLT) will continue to review Health,
Safety and wellbeing management across EHI respective areas of responsibility.
Page 115 of 290

Page 122

PUBLIC
Appendix 2
Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Health and Safety Action Plan 2026/2029
Context Leadership, Management and Inspections Statement Owned by
EHIH&S.01 – Leadership, Management and
Inspections
The Senior Leadership team are committed to spending more time with all
employees, communicate their safety expectations and model safe behaviour.
Workplace Inspections
Workplace Inspections play an important role in active monitoring.  The aim of
workplace inspections is to prevent work related accidents and ill health by
identifying new hazards and checking that preventative and protective control
measures are implemented and effective.
Internal Audits
This is a systematic process of evaluating and examining our Health and Safety
policies, procedures, documentation and workplace practices.  
Re-active Monitoring
Taking a pro-active approach to monitoring incidents/accident a departmental
incident/accident report will be developed in 2025/2026.  This will be an interactive
report which our Senior Management Team (SLT) and other managers/supervisors
within Environment, Housing & Infrastructure will be able to utilise to monitor
incidents/accidents within their service area and ensure a healthier and more
productive environment.
Directorate (Director & Heads of
Service)
Developing a culture of trust that empowers our
employees. 
Action
Codes Actions Latest Note Assigned
To
Overall
Target
Target
2026/27 Year Status
EHIH&S01.01  The Senior Leadership Team
(Directorate) are committed to conducting
at least six visible felt leadership visits
over the next three years.
Director and
4 Heads of
Service
100% 35% March 2028
Page 116 of 290

Page 123

PUBLIC
EHIH&S01.02 We will conduct comprehensive workplace
inspections across all Environment,
Housing and Infrastructure over a three-
year cycle.  All Services  100%  35%  March 2028 
EHIH&S01.03 Create an interactive incident/accident
report for managers, enabling data-driven
decision making based on reactive
monitoring insights. 
Senior
Service
Development
Manager 
100%  100%  March 2027 
Page 117 of 290

Page 124

PUBLIC
O Leadership, Management and Inspections Statement Owned by 
Content Health and Safety Owned By
EHI.002 - Health and Safety Our health and safety philosophy is built on the principles of prevention.  We
understand that a resilient workplace is one where potential hazard are
identified and addresses before they can cause harm.
Directorate (Director & Heads of
Service) Reducing the risk of error and increasing resilience
through prevention
Action 
Codes Actions Latest Note Assigned
To
Overall
Target
Target
2026/2027 Year Status
EHIH&S.02.01 Design a dedicated health and safety
Share Point site to facilitate the
comprehensive review and monitoring of
incidents/accidents, enabling the
implementation of targeted preventative
actions. 
Senior Service
Development
Manager 
100%  100%  March
2027 
EHIH&S.02.07 Review and complete the Asbestos
Management Plan for Environment,
Housing & Infrastructure duty holders
which include Housing Services,
Property Services and incorporates
Building Services. 
Asbestos
Working Group  100%  50%    March
2027 
EHIH&S.02.09 Conduct a comprehensive inventory of
all COSHH products used in each
service area, obtain current data sheets
from suppliers, and update the SYPOL
management system to ensure accurate
COSHH assessments. 
All Services  100%  50%  March
2027 
EHIH&S.02.10 Facilitate collaborative risk awareness
sessions to develop and update the
department’s risk register. 
All Services  100%  25%  March 
2028 
Page 118 of 290

Page 125

PUBLIC
Context Health and Wellbeing Statement Owned by
EHI.003 - Health and Wellbeing  We prioritise the preventative measures necessary to ensure both occupational health and
safety, and the overall well-being of our employees.  We are committed to creating a work
environment where potential hazards are mitigated, and employees feel supported in all aspects
to their well- being. 
Directorate (Director &
Heads of Service)
Focusing on occupational health and safety and
enhancing employee wellbeing
Action 
Codes Actions Latest Note Assigned 
To
Overall
Target
Target
2026/2027 Year Status
EHIH&S.03.03  EHI will focus on the implementation of
key priorities within the Corporate
Health and Wellbeing Plan 2024/2029. 
All Services 100% 35% March
2028  
EHIH&S.03.04  A range of event, information sessions
and training will be held to promote
wider health and wellbeing, including
mental health, to support all employees
in EHI. 
Senior
Service
Development
Manager
100% 35% March
2029  
EHIH&S.03.5  Rollout of Peoplesafe App, which is a
tool to assist in the protection of lone
working employees, to relevant
employees in the Housing Asset and
Investment Team. 
Housing
Asset and
Investment
Manager
100% 100% March
2027   
Page 119 of 290

Page 126

PUBLIC
Context Compliance & Training Statement Owned by
EHI.004 – Compliance & Training We are committed to unwavering legal and regulatory compliance.  Through targeted
training and development, we empower our employees to uphold the highest
standards.
Directorate (Director & Heads
of Service) Strengthening our legal and regulatory compliance
through training and development
Action
Codes Actions Latest Note Assigned
To
Overall
Target
Target
2026/2027 Year Status
EHIH&S.04.01 Roll out a training programme for IOSH
Managing/Leading safely to all managers
and supervisors within Environment,
Housing & Infrastructure.
Senior Service
Development
Manager
100% 50% March
2027
EHIH&S.04.02 Continue to develop corporate mandatory
online I-learn course into Toolbox talks for
frontline operatives 
All Employees without network access
require to complete the following courses:
• Equality, Diversity and Inclusion
Awareness
• Information Governance
• Introduction to Freedom of
Information (FOI)
• Introduction to GDPR
• Living our Values
Introduction to GDPR and Living our Values
have already been converted to a toolbox
talk format and will been rolled out
throughout Environment, Housing &
Infrastructure  
Senior Service
Development
Manager
100% 50% March
2027
Page 120 of 290

Page 127

PUBLIC
EHIH&S.04.03  Development of online I-Learn courses into
Toolbox talk format for front line operatives 
Priority courses for Environment, Housing
and Infrastructure for 2025/2028 are: 
• Asbestos Awareness
• Violence and Aggression
• Hand Arm Vibration
• Lithium Battery
• Accident and Incident Reporting -
RIDDOR
• Accessing and Updating Information
and Equality Data 
Senior Service
Development
Manager 
100%  35%  March
2028 
EHIH&S.04.06  Ensure that all Regeneration and
Development staff complete iLearn training
in:
• Driver fatigue
• Sharps awareness
• Stress awareness and risk
assessment and
• Violence and aggression at work 
Housing
Newbuild
Programme
Manager and
Housing
Regeneration
Manager
100% 100% March
2027 
EHIH&S.04.07  Ensure that the Housing Newbuild
Programme Manager and all Development
Managers (New Build Housing) have CSCS
(Construction Skills Certification Scheme)
cards if eligible – normally either the AQP
(Academically Qualified Person) or PQP
(Professionally Qualified Person) cards. 
Housing
Newbuild
Programme
Manager
100% 100% March
2027 
Page 121 of 290

Page 128

Page 122 of 290

Page 129

PUBLIC 
___________________________________________________________________ 
To: Communities and Housing Policy Board 
On: 19 May 2026
__________________________________________________________________ 
Report by: Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure
___________________________________________________________________ 
Heading: Social Housing Charter Performance 2025/26 and 2026
Engagement Plan
___________________________________________________________________ 
1. Summary 
1.1 Local Authorities and Registered Social Landlords are required to submit an
Annual Return on the Charter relating to service performance to the Scottish
Housing Regulator (SHR). 
1.2 The Annual Charter Return consists of 33 performance indicators and 9
contextual indicators and is submitted to the SHR at the end of May each
year.  There are two indicators relating to gypsy traveller sites that are not
applicable to Renfrewshire therefore this report provides an update on
performance against the 31 applicable Charter indicators for the year
2025/26. 
1.3 Following consultation in 2024 the SHR, this year’s ARC return includes five
new indicators. Of the 26 indicators where performance can be compared with
last year, the majority – seventeen - have improved, seven remain unchanged
and two have dipped slightly in performance. Five new indicators are being
reported on for the first time this year as follows: 
• Indicator 29-How many times in the reporting year did you not meet the
requirement to complete an electrical installation report (EICR) within the
last five years of the last EICR?
• Indicator 30-Number of homes that do not have ‘satisfactory equipment for
detecting fire and giving warning in the event of fire or suspected fire’
installed at the year end.
• Indicator 31-Average length of time taken to resolve cases of damp and/or
mould by cause
Item 6
CHPB190526 Page 123 of 290

Page 130

PUBLIC
• Indicator 32-Percentage of cases of damp and/or mould resolved during
the reporting year that were reopened by cause.
• Indicator 33-Number of open damp and/or mould cases at the year end 
1.4 Each year the Scottish Housing Regulator publishes an Engagement Plan for
all Local Authority Housing Services and Registered Social Landlords. A
summary of our Engagement Plan is provided within this report. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations 
It is recommended that the Communities and Housing Policy Board: 
2.1 Note the 2025/26 report on Scottish Social Housing Charter Performance
attached as Appendix 1; and 
2.2 Note the 2026/27 Engagement Plan from the Scottish Housing Regulator.
___________________________________________________________________ 
3. Charter Report for 2025/26 
3.1 The Scottish Social Housing Charter report provides information for 2025/26
on: 
• Section 1 – performance information against the Charter indicators along
with comparative data for the last three years and the average figure for
the past three years, where this is applicable.
• Section 2 – information on contextual indicators collected by the Scottish
Housing Regulator; and
• Section 3 – management information for key areas of the housing service
– allocations and managing tenancy change; repairs; homelessness and
housing advice; and rent arrears. 
3.2 The Charter data for 2025/26 displays improved or stable performance in
most indicators, with seventeen indicators improving from last year.  There
have been significant levels of improvement particularly notable in relation to
void property management, rent arrears performance, emergency repairs,
sustainment and adaptations. The indicators with improved performance are: 
• Indicator 3 – The percentage of all complaints responded to in full at
Stages 1 and 2. 
• Indicator 4 – The average time in working days for a full response at
Stages 1 and 2.
• Indicator 6 – Percentage of stock meeting the Scottish Housing Quality
Standard (SHQS).
• Indicator 8 – Average length of time taken to complete emergency repairs
(hours).
• Indicator 9 – Average length of time taken to complete non- emergency
repairs.
Page 124 of 290

Page 131

PUBLIC
• Indicator 10 – Percentage of reactive repairs carried out in the last year
completed right first time.
• Indicator 12 – Percentage of tenants who have had repairs or
maintenance carried out in last 12 months satisfied with the repairs and
maintenance service.
• Indicator 14 – Percentage of anti-social behaviour cases reported in the
last year which were resolved.
• Indicator 15 - Percentage of new tenancies sustained for more than a
year, by source of let.
• Indicator 16 – Percentage of lettable houses that became vacant in the
last year.
• Indicator 17 – Percentage of rent lost to properties being empty during the
last year.
• Indicator 18 – Number of households currently waiting for adaptations to
their home.
• Indicator 19 – Average time to complete adaptations.
• Indicator 20 – Percentage of the court actions initiated which resulted in
eviction and the reasons for eviction; (relatively stable)
• Indicator 22 – Rent collected as percentage of total rent due in the
reporting year (same).
• Indicator 23 – Gross rent arrears (all tenants) as at 31 March each year
as a percentage of rent due for the reporting year; and
• Indicator 26 – Average length of time taken to re-let properties in the last
year (days).   
3.3  Within the data for 2025/26 there are also areas where performance has
declined, reflecting the challenges faced by the Council in continuing to
provide core housing services. 
• Indicator 11 – How many times in the reporting year did you not meet
your statutory obligations to complete a gas safety check within 12 months
of a gas appliance being fitted or its last check? There were 11 occasions
when the gas safety certificate was not issued within the anniversary date. 
All 11 are now complete and, where possible, actions have been taken to
prevent similar cases occurring.  We have reviewed our processes and are
working to improve communication with tenants through greater use of
email and text messaging. This will become more easily facilitated when
the new housing management ICT system is live. 
• Indicator 25 – Percentage of factored owners satisfied with the factoring
service they receive. 
Page 125 of 290

Page 132

PUBLIC
3.4 The seven indicators that have remained the same include the 6 satisfaction
indicators as the data is from the 2024 Tenant Satisfaction Survey.  The other
one is: 
• Indicator 24 - Average annual management fee per factored property. 
3.5 As they are being reported for the first time there is no year-on-year trends for
the five new indicators covering electrical testing, fire safety and damp and
mould. Similarly, the statutory tenant satisfaction indicators data remains the
same, however, these will be refreshed following the next Tenant Satisfaction
Survey, scheduled to be undertaken in June this year. 
3.6  The Contextual indicators at Section 2 are returned annually to the SHR.  Of
note, the number of voids at the year-end has reduced again to 314 from 346.
It is of note that there has been a decrease in the number of lets this year,
reflecting the reduction in the number of void properties, but the percentage of
those lets to homeless applicants has increased, as has the number of
applicants on the housing list at the year end.  There has also been an increase
in the number of abandoned tenancies over the year. 
3.7  Management information in Section 3 notes the following: 
• In regard to allocations and managing tenancy changes, the percentage of
lets to homeless applicants was 56%, exceeding the target of 55%.
• Repairs completion remains relatively stable and there is some
improvement in repairs call handling in the Customer Contact Centre.
• In homelessness and housing advice, satisfaction levels remain high
despite increased pressure on the service.  Despite pressures on the
service the proportion of assessments remains high at over 96%.
• With regard to rent arrears, the percentage of current tenant arrears has
remained relatively stable at 3.13%.   
4. Service Improvement Plan, reporting performance to tenants and
benchmarking performance 
4.1 The Environment, Housing and Infrastructure Services 2025-2028 Service
Improvement Plan update is presented to this Board. Three indicators on
service performance are included in the plan and the performance of each is
reported accordingly. The indicators are: 
a.  percentage of reactive repairs carried out in the last year completed first
time, included in ARC report, Indicator 12.
b.  percentage of overall repairs completed within target; included in the
management information appendix, table 7; and
c.  average length of time taken to complete non-emergency repairs (days),
included in the ARC report, Indicator 9 
Page 126 of 290

Page 133

PUBLIC
4.2  This year’s performance against the ARC indicators will be reported to the
Scottish Housing Regulator no later than 29 May 2026, following this the
Scottish Housing Regulator publishes all social landlords’ performance on its
website in August each year. In common with other Councils and RSLs, the
Council will be required to report its performance against the Charter to all
tenants by the end of October 2026. 
4.3 In accordance with guidance from the Scottish Housing Regulator and
practice over previous years, tenants will be consulted with on the preferred
format for the Tenants’ Report. Members will be advised of the Service’s
performance against other local authorities at a later Board. 
5. Scottish Housing Regulator Engagement Plan 2026/2027 
5.1 The Scottish Housing Regulator’s Engagement Plan for 2026/2027 has noted
that Renfrewshire Council, in common with eight other local authorities, is
operating in an increasingly difficult environment for delivering homelessness
services, with national data and local engagement indicating a heightened risk
that demand may soon exceed capacity. This aligns with concerns highlighted
in the Scottish Housing Regulator’s December 2023 update, which identified
systemic risks across Scotland that has impacted several local authorities. 
5.2 This year, the Council must provide the Regulator with required information on
its homelessness services, continue its best efforts to meet statutory duties—
including the provision of suitable temporary accommodation under the
Unsuitable Accommodation Order—and keep the Regulator informed about
its capacity to meet these obligations. A separate report to this Board sets out
a Homelessness Action Plan which seeks to mitigate the impact of the
increase in homelessness and meet the need of those who require support. 
5.3 In addition, we are taking steps to consolidate our responsibilities on tenant
and resident safety and are currently addressing issues related to asbestos
management through a formal action plan.  By 30 June 2026, we must also
submit an update on our asbestos management improvement actions. 
5.4 As in each year, the Council is required to submit annual regulatory returns,
including our Annual Assurance Statement and Annual Return on the Charter,
and report any material changes or relevant safety concerns. 
5.5 The Regulator will maintain close engagement with Renfrewshire, reviewing
all submitted information and meet quarterly to monitor homelessness
services and assess the Council’s efforts to provide appropriate temporary
accommodation. It will also review the Council’s progress on asbestos
management and update the published engagement plan if any significant
changes arise in the level or nature of regulatory involvement. 
5.6 A copy of the Engagement Plan can be found at the following address:
https://www.housingregulator.gov.scot/landlord-
performance/landlords/renfrewshire-council/.
___________________________________________________________________
Page 127 of 290

Page 134

PUBLIC
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial – None 
2. HR & Organisational Development – None 
3. Community/Council Planning 
o Building strong, safe, and resilient communities – Improving and
maintaining neighbourhoods and homes. 
o Working together to improve outcomes – Increasing resident satisfaction
with neighbourhoods and communities. 
4. Legal – None  
5. Property/Assets – None 
6. Information Technology – None 
7. Equality & Human Rights – 
The Recommendations contained within this report have been assessed in
relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No negative impacts
on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’ human rights
have been identified arising from the recommendations contained in the report
because it is for noting only.   If required following implementation, the actual
impact of the recommendations and the mitigating actions will be reviewed
and monitored, and the results of the assessment will be published on the
Council’s website. 
8. Health & Safety – None 
9. Procurement – None 
10. Risks – None 
11. Privacy Impact – None 
12. COSLA Policy Position – N/A 
13. Climate Risk – None 
14. Children’s Rights – None
_________________________________________________________  
Page 128 of 290

Page 135

PUBLIC
Background Papers 
The foregoing background papers will be retained within Housing Services for
inspection by the public for the prescribed period of four years from the date of the
meeting.   
• Report to the Communities and Housing Policy Board on 13 May 2025,
‘Scottish Social Housing Charter: Annual Return 2024/25.’
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author: Ray Walkinshaw, Housing Regeneration and Development Manager 
E Mail: ray.walkinshaw@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 129 of 290

Page 136

Page 130 of 290

Page 137

PUBLIC 
Scottish Social Housing Charter 
Outturn Report 2025/2026
Item 6
CHPB190526 Page 131 of 290

Page 138

PUBLIC 
Table of Contents
1. Outturn Report .......................................................................................... 3
1.1 Overall Satisfaction ....................................................................... 3
1.2 The Customer Landlord Relationship ........................................... 3
1.3 Housing Quality and Maintenance ................................................ 4
1.4 Neighbourhood and Community ................................................... 5
1.5 Access to Housing and Support .................................................... 5
1.6 Getting Good Value from Rents and Service Charges .................. 6
1.7 Other Customers; Gypsies/ Travellers ......................................... 7
1.8 Tenant and resident Safety………………………………………………….7
2. Core Contextual Indicators ..................................................................... 10
3. Management Information ........................................................................ 11 
Page 132 of 290

Page 139

PUBLIC
Outturn Report
1.1 Overall Satisfaction
No. Indicator 23/24 24/25 25/26 3-year
average Notes
1
Percentage of tenants satisfied with
the overall service provided by their
landlord.
72% 72% 72% 72%
The most recent data relates
to the survey conducted in
23/24. 
Source: 2024 Tenant Satisfaction Survey
1.2 The Customer Landlord Relationship
Communication
No. Indicator 23/24 24/25 25/26 3-year
average Notes
2
Percentage of tenants who feel
their landlord is good at
keeping them informed about
their services and decisions.
75.1% 75.1% 75.1% 75.1%
The most recent data
relates to the survey
conducted in 23/24. 
Source: 2024 Tenant Satisfaction Survey 
Complaints
No. Indicator 23/24 24/25 25/26 3-year
average Notes
3/4
The percentage of all
complaints
responded to in full at
Stage 1
93.1% 90.0% 95.7% 93.2% There were 1313 Stage 1 complaints
received and carried forward. 1256 were
responded to in full, in an average of 14.3
days. Last year there were 1,236 stage 1
complaints.
The average time in
working days for a full
response at Stage 1
7.6
days
14.4
days
14.3
days 12.5 days
The percentage of all
complaints
responded to in full at
Stage 2.
71.7% 88.0% 95.2% 89.2%
There were 186 stage 2 complaints
received and carried forward. 177 were
responded to in full, in an average of 17.6
days.  Last year there were 142 stage 2
complaints.  The average time in
working days for a full
response at Stage 2.
18.9
days
28.9
days
17.6
days 21.9 days 
Participation
No. Indicator 23/24 24/25 25/26 3-year
average Notes
5
Percentage of tenants satisfied with
the opportunities given to them to
participate in their landlord’s
decision-making processes.
83.6% 83.6% 83.6% 91.3%
The most recent data
relates to the survey
conducted in 23/24. 
Page 133 of 290

Page 140

PUBLIC
Source: 2024 Tenant Satisfaction Survey
1.3 Housing Quality and Maintenance
Housing Quality
No. Indicator 23/24 24/25 25/26 3-year average Notes
6
Percentage of stock
meeting the Scottish
Housing Quality
Standard (SHQS).
68.6% 79.9% 80.9% 76.4%
The percentage of stock
meeting SHQS has
increased slightly to 80.9%. 
Excluding EICR and smoke
detector failures we would
be 86% compliant with
SHQS
7
Percentage of tenants
satisfied with the
quality of their home.
71.6% 71.6% 71.6% 71.6%
The most recent data
relates to the survey
conducted in 23/24. 
(7) Source: 2024 Tenant Satisfaction Survey 
Repairs, Maintenance and Improvements
No. Indicator 23/24 24/25 25/26 3-year
average Notes
8
Average length of time taken to
complete emergency repairs
(hours).
5.6
hours
5.2
hours
4.9
hours
5.3
hours
This year just over 14,500
emergency repairs were completed
in 2025/26.  The average time to
complete continues to improve
from 5.2 hours to 4.9 hours.   
9
Average length of time taken to
complete non- emergency
repairs (days).
7.9  
days
6.9
days
5.5
days 7.3 days
This year just under 28,000 non-
emergency repairs were completed
in an average of 5.5 days. This is an
improvement in the average time
from last year (6.9 days).  
10
Percentage of reactive repairs
carried out in the last year
completed right first time.
87.3% 90.1% 91.1% 89.6%
Of the 27,956 reactive repairs
carried out in 25/26, 25,460 were
completed right first time. This is a
1% improvement compared to last
year.
12
Percentage of tenants who have
had repairs or maintenance
carried out in last 12 months
satisfied with the repairs and
maintenance service.
76.7% 77.2% 78.8% 77.7%
3430 tenants responded to the
satisfaction survey. Of those, 2703
said they were satisfied or very
satisfied.
(12) Source: Point of service survey  
Page 134 of 290

Page 141

PUBLIC
1.4 Neighbourhood and Community
Estate Management, Anti-Social Behaviour, Neighbour Nuisance and Tenancy Disputes
No. Indicator 23/24 24/25 25/26 3-year
average Notes 
13
Percentage of tenants satisfied with the
landlord’s contribution to the management
of the neighbourhood they live in.
75.1% 75.1% 75.1% 75.1%
The most recent data
relates to the survey
conducted in 23/24. 
14
Percentage of anti-social behaviour cases
reported in the last year which were
resolved.
99.3% 96.8% 99.5% 98.2% 401 of the 403 cases
were resolved.
(13) Source: 2024 Tenant Satisfaction Survey
1.5 Access to Housing and Support
Tenancy Sustainment and Tenancy Turnover
No. Indicator 23/24 24/25 25/26 3-year
average Notes
15
Percentage of new tenancies sustained for more
than a year, by source of let.
These figures relate to tenancies which
commenced between April 2024 and March
2025.   Overall sustainment has improved
over this period. There is also a positive
increaser in the number of homeless
applicants sustaining for more than a year. In
numerical terms the number of homeless
applicants sustaining their tenancy increase
to 938 from 334 for the previous reporting
year.   
Existing tenants 94.1% 95.6% 94.3% 94.7%
Homeless
applicants 86.5% 85.4% 88.4% 86.9%
Housing List
applicants 91.8% 91.6% 94.7% 92.6%
Other 89.4% 0.0% 90.9% 89.6%
Overall 90.5% 90.3% 91.9% 90.9%
16
Percentage of
lettable houses
that became
vacant in the last
year.
7.8% 7.0% 6.8% 7.2%
The number of lettable houses that became
vacant in the year reduced to 768 compared
to 793 last year.
17
Percentage of
rent due lost
through
properties being
empty during the
last year.
1.45% 1.30% 0.87% 1.2% This indicator continues to improve. 
Page 135 of 290

Page 142

PUBLIC
Housing Options and Access to Housing
No. Indicator 23/24 24/25 25/26 3-year
average Notes
18
Number of households
currently waiting for
adaptations to their home
58 27 19 35
During 2025/26 the Service completed
283 adaptations. At the end of March
2024/25 there were 19 households
waiting for an adaptation compared to 27
in the previous year. 
19 Average time to complete
adaptations 50.4 43.0 19.4 37.9
The average time to complete
adaptations significantly improved to 19.4
days from 43 days.  
20
Percentage of the court
actions initiated which
resulted in eviction and the
reasons for eviction.
35.5% 23.5% 25.2% 28.4%
In the last year 111 court actions were
initiated.  From these 27 properties were
recovered due to non-payment of rent
and 1 recovered due to anti-social
behaviour.
Non-payment of rent 34.0% 21.3% 24.2% 26.8%
Anti-social behaviour 1.4% 2.2% 0.9% 1.6%
Other 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%
1.6 Getting Good Value from Rents and Service Charges
Value for Money
No. Indicator 23/24 24/25 25/26 3-year
average Notes
21
Percentage of tenants who
feel that the rent for their
property represents good
value for money.
70.3% 70.3% 70.3% 70.3%
The most recent data
relates to the survey
conducted in 23/24. 
Source: 2024 Tenant Satisfaction Survey  
Page 136 of 290

Page 143

PUBLIC
Rents and Service Charges
No Indicator 23/24 24/25 25/26 3-year
average Notes
22
Rent collected as
percentage of total
rent due in the
reporting year.
100.4% 100.7% 100.5% 100.6%
Last year £57,798,776 rent was
collected which was more than the
amount due (£54,161,465). 
23
Gross rent arrears
(all tenants) as at
31 March each year
as a percentage of
rent due for the
reporting year.
8.3% 7.1% 6.2% 7.1%
There has been a reduction in the
level of gross rent arrears over the
past year. 
24
Average annual
management fee
per factored
property.
£108 £108 £108 £108 The Annual management fee
remained the same as last year.
25
Percentage of
factored owners
satisfied with the
factoring service
they receive.
72.8% 63.8% 59.8% 62.3%
82 owners responded to our annual
survey, 49 were either satisfied or
very satisfied with the service they
received.
26
Average length of
time taken to re-let
properties in the
last year. (days)
50.4 37.3 28.6 39
There were 811 re-lets in 2025/26. 
There has been improvement in the
average re-let times.  Our void
turnaround times and processes
remain an area of primary focus for
the service, and we will continue to
look for improved ways of working.
(25) Source: Annual owners services survey
1.7 Other Customers: Gypsies/Travellers
No. Indicator 23/24 24/25 25/26
27 Gypsies/travellers – Average weekly rent per pitch.
Currently there are no gypsy/traveller
sites in Renfrewshire. 28
For those who provide sites – percentage of
gypsies/travellers satisfied with the landlord’s
management of the site. 
1.8 Tenant and Resident Safety
No Indicator 23/24 24/25 25/26 3-year
average Notes
11
How many times in the
reporting year did you not
meet your statutory
obligations to complete a
gas safety check within 12
months of a gas appliance
11 5 11  N/A 
Renfrewshire Council has always followed
the Scottish Government guidance and the
more detailed guidance from Gas Safe and
HSE. All these services have been
completed and there are no outstanding
gas services.
Page 137 of 290

Page 144

PUBLIC
No Indicator 23/24 24/25 25/26 3-year
average Notes
being fitted or its last
check?
29
How many times in the
reporting year did you not
meet the requirement to
complete an electrical
installation report (EICR)
within the last five years of
the last EICR? 
New Indicator
N/A N/A 611 N/A
Last year, a total of 3,495 EICRs were
completed. This is higher than a standard
annual cycle (30% of stock), with 611
occasions where the test was not complete
before the due date. There are currently 50
tenanted properties with EICRs overdue. 15
of these are in progress with appointments
being arranged.  35 are being monitored
due to on-going issues, environmental and
no access. The compliance team are
engaging with colleagues across housing
services and other service areas to support
tenants to ensure the EICR can be
completed as quickly as possible.  
30
Number of homes that do
not have ‘satisfactory
equipment for detecting
fire and giving warning in
the event of fire or
suspected fire’ installed at
the year end.
New Indicator 
N/A N/A 633 N/A
The fire detection figures are largely driven
by the verification of documentation rather
than by issues with fire detection provision
on site. A more detailed review process is
now in place to ensure that records are
complete and accurate. 
31
Average length of time (days) taken to resolve cases of damp and/or mould by cause
New Indicator
Condensation N/A N/A 24 N/A There were 176 cases relating to
condensation
Structural issues N/A N/A 33.6 N/A There were 115 cases relating to structural
issues
Other N/A N/A 30.7 N/A There were 70 cases relating to other issues
Overall N/A N/A 28.4 N/A In total there were 361 cases of damp and
mould
32
Percentage of cases of damp and/or mould resolved during the reporting year that were reopened
by cause.
New Indicator
Condensation N/A N/A 7.9% N/A 14 cases were re-opened from a total of 176
cases
Structural issues N/A N/A 6.9% N/A 8 cases were re-opened from a total of 115
cases
Other N/A N/A 8.6% N/A 6 cases were re-opened from a total of 70
cases
Page 138 of 290

Page 145

PUBLIC
No Indicator 23/24 24/25 25/26 3-year
average Notes
Overall N/A N/A 7.8% N/A 28 cases were re-opened from a total of 361
cases
33
Number of open damp
and/or mould cases at the
year end
New Indicator
N/A N/A 69 N/A 
Page 139 of 290

Page 146

PUBLIC 
Section 2 Core Contextual Indicators
2.1 For local authorities the Scottish Housing Regulator increased the number of contextual
indicators from 6 to 9, these relate to the stock and profile of our service users.
No. Indicator 23/24 24/25 25/26
C2
Number of lets during the reporting year, by source of let 
Existing tenants 215 247 173 
Housing List applicants 297 324 245 
Mutual Exchanges 0 0 0 
Other sources 46 11 0 
Homeless applicants 391 450 393 
Total number excluding exchanges       949      1,032 811
C3 Abandoned homes 114 93 122
C4 Rent increase 6.0% 7.5% 7.5%
C5
Number of households for which landlords are
paid housing costs 7,119 7,204 7,209
Value of direct housing cost payments received
during the year £29,505,217 £32,626,787 £35,072,618 
C6
Total value of former tenant arrears at year end £2,107,430 £2,089,186 £1,758,195
Total value of former tenant arrears written off at
year end £568,896 £848,228 £416,311
Percentage of former tenant rent arrears written
off at the year end 26.99% 40.6% 23.7%
C7
Scottish Housing Quality Standard (SHQS) – Stock condition survey information 
The date your organisation's stock was last
surveyed or assessed for compliance with the
SHQS 
03/2022 03/2025 03/2026
What percentage of stock did your organisation
fully assess for compliance in the last five years?  60% 77% 88%
The date of your next scheduled stock condition
survey or assessment 04/2024 05/2025 05/2026
What percentage of your organisation's stock will
be fully assessed in the next survey for SHQS
compliance 
33% 20% 20%
C8
Total self-contained stock  12,305 12,078 11,942
Self-contained stock exempt from SHQS  0 0 83
Self-contained stock in abeyance from SHQS  546 302 38
Self-contained stock failing SHQS for one criterion  2,592 1,662 1,908
Self-contained stock failing SHQS for two or more
criteria  732 449 257
Total self-contained stock failing SHQS  3,324 2,111 2,286
Stock meeting the SHQS  8,435 9,665 9,656
C9
Total self-contained properties void at the year
end  546 346 314
Total self-contained properties void for more than
six months at the year end  146 104 79
Page 140 of 290

Page 147

PUBLIC
Section 3 Management Information
Allocations and Managing Tenancy Change 
In 2025/26, just over 5,500 were on the
waiting list for council housing, slightly
more than last year. 
Graph1 
The origin of applications remained
broadly unchanged, with similar
proportions applying from homelessness,
the private sector, other social landlords,
and existing Council tenants. 
Graph 2
The Council let 813 (including 2
acquisitions) properties during the year.
The majority (84%) were allocated through
the group system, which is around the
same as last year (85%). 
Graph 3 
Within the group system, 56% of all lets
were made to Group 1 (Homeless)
applicants, which is an increase from last
year (52%) demonstrating continued
prioritisation of statutory homelessness
duties.
581
5565
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Housing List
Number of applicants on housing list - at 31st
March 2026
Of which number who have their application
on hold
375
722
3401
606
461
Source of allocation
Statutory Homeless
Mobility
General Applicants (not landlord’s own
tenant)
Transfer Applicants (with housing need)
Transfer Applicants (no housing need)
684
129
0 200 400 600 800
Lets
Lets outwith group system
Lets through group system
Page 141 of 290

Page 148

PUBLIC 
Graph 4 
Lets by property type remained stable
year-on-year, with tenement flats
accounting for around 50% of all Council
lets. 
Graph 5 
56.4%
15.8%
19.7%
7.9%
0.2%
55%
10%
24%
10%
1%
0.0% 20.0% 40.0% 60.0%
Statutory Homeless
Mobility
General Applicants
(not landlord’s own
tenant)
Transfer Applicants
(with housing need)
Transfer Applicants
(no housing need)
Lets and targets
Targets 25/26 %
386
154
68
75
130
Lets by property type
Tenement Flat Own Door Flat
Multi-storey Flat House
Other
Page 142 of 290

Page 149

PUBLIC
Repairs and Maintenance
In 2025/26 just over 45,400 repairs were
carried out and 95.4% were completed
within the target timescale (Graph 6).  This
is more than 2024/25 where over 43,500
repairs were complete with 93.6%
completed within the target timescale. 
Graph 6 
Graph 7 provides information on Customer
Contact Centre performance in relation to
housing repairs calls.  This shows the
volume of calls in 2025/26 and the
outcomes for calls received.  Just over
60,000 calls were made to report repairs
and 97% of these were answered, which is
an improvement on last year of 4
percentage points.   67% of all attempted
calls were answered within the 40 second
target (Graph 8), which is 9 percentage
points better than last year. 
Graph 7 
Graph 8 
98.0%
95.4%
92.9%
88.0%
90.0%
92.0%
94.0%
96.0%
98.0%
100.0%
25/26
% Repairs completed
within target
Emergency Completed
Total Repairs Completed
Routine Completed
60,179 58,390
1,463
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
Contact Centre Calls
Total calls attempted Calls answered
Calls abandoned
2%
67% 65%
97%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
25/26
Calls answered/abandoned
Abandonment Level
% answered calls answered within 40 sec
target
% of all attempted calls answered within 40
sec target (service level)
% Calls Answered
Page 143 of 290

Page 150

PUBLIC
Homelessness & Housing Advice
2025/26 saw increases in all aspects of
people presenting as homeless that
require assessment, whilst there was an
increase in the number threatened with
homelessness and a similar rise in the
number of applications where the Council
has a statutory duty to re-house. This is
symptomatic of the pressures faced with e
service and reflected nationally.  The
proportion of assessments completed
within 28 days remains high at 96.4%,
slightly down from last year (97.8%) (Graph
9). 
Graph 9 
Satisfaction with the quality of advice
(90.9%), the quality of temporary
accommodation (92.5%) and the overall
quality of service received (90.9%) remains
high. (Graph 10). 
Graph 10 
1133
2659
965
0 1000 2000 3000
Number of homeless
applications requiring
assessment
Total number of service
users –those who were
homeless, threatened
with homelessness, or
requiring housing
options advice.
Number of applications
assessed as ‘homeless
or threatened with
homelessness’ (i.e.,
the Council had a duty
to rehouse)
Application and Decision
Making
90.91% 90.91%
92.50%
90.00%
90.50%
91.00%
91.50%
92.00%
92.50%
93.00%
Service and Temporary
Accomodation
Satisfaction
% pleased with the quality of advice and
information they were given
% pleased with the overall quality of the
service they received.
% Satisfied with temporary accommodation
Page 144 of 290

Page 151

PUBLIC
Rent and Arrears 
Arrears performance has continued to
improve, the annual rental income due to
be collected is over £57.4 million.  At the
end of March 2026, just under £1.8 million
was owed in arrears which is slightly more
than of £1.7million, but at 3.13% is around
the same as last year. 
Graph 11 provides a profile of arrears by
value.  There has been a slight increase in
arrears across all bandings with the
exception of those who owe £1,000+ where
the actual figure is reducing. 
Graph 11 
Graph 12 shows the amount owed by
tenants by age profile.  Despite having the
largest proportion of arrears, the age
banding of 25 to 49 has seen a reduction in
the amount owed compared to last year.
Graph 12 
Graph 13 shows the recovery action taken,
last year saw a small decrease in the
number of notices called to court and a in
the number of evictions.   
Graph 13 
Average re-call times to court have
decreased by one week, Graph 14
£131,167
£183,703
£309,
£1,174,033
Value of rent debt
Under £250 Between £250 & £500
Between £500 & £1,000 Over £1,000
£175,337
£1,150,931 £305,105
£166,649
Profile of Arrears by Age
Under 25 years Between 25 & 49 years
Between 50 & 60 years Over 60
596
111
42
5
0 200 400 600 800
NPRP issued
All Cases calling at Court
Decrees Granted
Evictions enforced
S/Officer
Recovery Action
Page 145 of 290

Page 152

PUBLIC 
Graph 14 
Graph 15 highlights the status of debt from
post and pre court.  The amount of debt
pre court  and post court has increased
slightly from last year. 
Graph 15 
Graph 16 provides summary information
on benefit levels.  Benefit uptake remains
high with 76% of our tenants in receipt of
some form of benefit. 
Graph 16  
10.9
5.8
0.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
Recovery Action Court Time
Average time first calling (weeks)
Average time recalled at court…
£1,130,99
£488,579
£178,449
Status of Rent Debt
Arrears Pre-Court Arrears Post Court
Arrears Rent Direct
8,378
2,633
Housing Benefit
Tenants with benefit
Tenants without benefit
Page 146 of 290

Page 153

PUBLIC   
Environment, Housing and Infrastructure
Renfrewshire Council
Renfrewshire House
Cotton Street
Paisley
PA1 1BR 
Page 147 of 290

Page 154

Page 148 of 290

Page 155

PUBLIC
___________________________________________________________________ 
To:  Communities and Housing Policy Board 
On:  19 May 2026
___________________________________________________________________ 
Report by: Director of Communities & Housing Services
___________________________________________________________________ 
Heading: Housing Landlord Compliance – Bi-annual Performance Report 
1. Summary 
1.1 All social landlords must ensure they meet all duties in relation to tenant and
resident safety and have an effective system in place to ensure compliance
with statutory, legislative and regulatory responsibilities. 
1.2 The Housing Landlord Compliance Strategy 2025-2028 was approved by the
Policy Board on 11th March 2025 and Section 7 of the strategy provided
details of the internal governance arrangements for performance
management, which includes a bi-annual report to be presented to the
Communities and Housing Policy Board.   
1.3 The six month report was presented to the Communities and Housing Policy
Board in October 2025. This report is the 12 month performance report for the
period from April 2025 to March 2026.
___________________________________________________________________
2. Recommendations 
It is recommended that the Communities and Housing Policy Board: 
2.1 Notes the content of the Landlord Compliance Performance Report and the
suite of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) at Appendix 1 of the report.
___________________________________________________________________  
Item 7
CHPB190526 Page 149 of 290

Page 156

PUBLIC
3. Background 
3.1 The Housing Landlord Compliance Strategy 2025-2028, which sets out the
strategic approach to compliance across the six key areas of compliance
relating to Council Housing assets (gas safety, electrical safety, fire safety, lift
safety, asbestos management and water safety) was approved by the
Communities and Housing Policy Board on 11th of March 2025. 
3.2 There are six landlord compliance policies in place to support the Housing
Landlord Compliance Strategy, each with a suite of key performance
indicators and detailed performance reporting arrangements which include a
bi-annual report to the Communities and Housing Policy Board.  Each of the
policies is reviewed on a regular basis and further policies will be created for
any new areas of compliance regulation that are introduced.   
4.       Housing Landlord Compliance Performance Report 
4.1 The Housing Landlord Compliance Performance Report covering the period
April 2025 – Mar 2026 is set out in Appendix 1 of this report. 
There are 26 key performance indicators covering the six compliance areas. 
22 indicators are showing greater than 99% compliance, demonstrating an
improved position on the year-end report for 2024/25. 3 performance
indicators are designated amber status indicating a compliance level between
85% and 98% and 1 performance indicator is designated as a red status,
indicating a compliance level lower than 85%. 
The compliance indicators at amber and red status have actions in place for
improvement. The indicators are: 
• Domestic properties with a satisfactory EICR within its due date as % of
total dwellings requiring an EICR (amber)
• Percentage of properties with automated doors, gates, and barriers where
Maintenance visits have been completed (amber)
• Number of safety occurrences - including any reported asbestos related
occurrence reporting (e.g., to the HSE or Regulator) during the reporting
period (amber)
• Re-inspections of common areas with Asbestos Containing Materials (red) 
Page 150 of 290

Page 157

PUBLIC
4.2      The key points to note for each area of compliance are as follows: 
• Gas Safety 
The Council are required to carry out annual gas safety inspections on all
10551 residential properties that have a gas supply. There were 11
properties where the gas service was not completed within the 12-month
timescale during the 12-month period from 1 Apr 2026 – 31 March 2026. 
These cases were due to administrative errors (8), hazards (1) and
environmental issues (2). All 11 are now complete and, where possible,
actions have been taken to prevent similar cases occurring. 
There has been an increase in the number of enforcement letters issued,
partly due to ongoing issues with Royal Mail deliveries. As a result, we
have reviewed our processes and are working to improve communication
with tenants through greater use of email and text messaging. This will
become more easily facilitated when the new housing management ICT
system is live. 
All communal heating systems with gas boilers have had their annual
safety checks completed within timescale. 
• Electrical Safety 
Performance remains strong, with six of the eight indicators rated green
and the remaining two operating at 95–96% compliance. 
Between 1 April 2025 and 23 March 2026, a total of 3,495 EICRs were
completed. This is higher than a standard annual cycle (30% of stock) due
to the impact of the pandemic in 2020, which pushed a significant volume
of testing into 2021. From 2026/27 onwards, the aim will be to carry out
approximately 2,400 EICRs each year. 
There are currently 50 tenanted properties with EICRs overdue. 15 of
these are in progress with appointments being arranged.  35 are being
monitored due to on-going issues; environmental issues and no access.
The compliance team are engaging with colleagues across housing
services and other service areas to support tenants to ensure the EICR
can be completed as quickly as possible. In addition to this there are 238
void properties without a valid EICR, 199 of which are scheduled for
demolition and therefore the EICR is not required. The remaining 39 are
being actioned as part of the void property works.   
Page 151 of 290

Page 158

PUBLIC
Follow on work classed as C1 (danger present) is always addressed
immediately to make safe. Follow on work classed as C2 (potentially
dangerous) is, in most cases, carried out at the same appointment as the
electrical check. 
Automated letter production for EICRs went live on 1st September 2025
and has streamlined the previously manual labour-intensive process. The
success of this will be monitored over the coming months. However,
issues with Royal Mail delivery times have impacted on the scheduling of
the works and we are currently investigating electronic alternatives such
as text and email. 
A programme of common area electrical checks commenced in November
2024 with 100% of the 1373 common areas completed by 31 March 2026. 
• Fire Safety 
All Fire Risk Assessments (FRAs) required for multi-storeys, sheltered
complexes, HMOs and common areas of all blocks are up to date. 
Ongoing review will continue with some requiring 6 monthly review and
others 12 monthly.  Actions identified from FRAs are followed up promptly
with repairs instructed where required.   
Along with the EICR programme, the rollout of the fire safety detection
interlinked alarms in domestic properties has been ongoing. Robust
processes have been introduced to ensure that detectors are checked
during the annual gas service and that expiry dates are updated to enable
future replacements to be programmed. Feedback is also provided from
surveyors carrying out stock condition surveys where missing or faulty
detectors are identified.   
There is a quarterly meeting with Scottish Fire and Rescue Service and
other Council teams to discuss fire safety.   
The first two Single Building Assessments (SBAs) which provide a
technical review of fire safety in multi storey blocks have been completed
with the remaining fourteen being scheduled and due for completion by the
end of 2026. The first two reports are currently being reviewed and a cross
departmental working group, led by Corporate Health & Safety, has been
established to monitor and implement any actions arising. 
The compliance team continue to deliver fire safety training to staff across
Housing Services. 
Page 152 of 290

Page 159

PUBLIC
• Lift Safety 
All lifts examinations and maintenance are fully up to date. The
compliance team have been pro-active in ensuring that access is ensured
for all regulatory lift examinations carried out by our appointed insurance
contractor. 
• Water Safety 
Statutory legislation requires Legionella Risk Assessments (LRAs) to be in
place with water safety management plans and monitoring in place for
those identified as high risk. This includes carrying out temperature checks
where communal water tanks or heating cylinders are present such as in
sheltered complexes and multi-storey buildings. 
There is a contract in place for water sampling and LRAs for multi storeys,
sheltered housing and non-domestic premises. Building Services carry out
the monthly, quarterly, six-monthly and annual monitoring of all sites as
prescribed within the guidance. 
There is also a requirement to carry out LRA’s within all domestic
properties. Current performance indicators show full compliance with water
safety management with LRAs for domestic properties currently in place
by archetype. The intention is to update these LRAs on an individual
property basis and preparations are progressing for a procurement
exercise to be undertaken this year. 
• Asbestos Safety  
Housing Services have contracts in place for asbestos surveying,
asbestos removal and analytical services within domestic properties.
There are currently two short term contracts, one for void properties and
general repairs and the other for capital investment external works. Longer
term contracts are in the process of being procured and a contract for
common area asbestos management will be procured on conclusion of the
review which is being undertaken as part of the Asbestos Management
Action Plan. 
The Asbestos Management Action Plan was submitted to the Scottish
Housing Regulator is being progressed with the assistance of consultancy
support to provide expertise and independent advice. 
Page 153 of 290

Page 160

PUBLIC
The Asbestos Management Policy was approved by the policy board on
28th October 2025 and a briefing session for policy board members was
held in February 2026. A gap analysis is underway to review asbestos
management working practices and training provisions and requirements. 
An asbestos management module will be developed in the new housing
management ICT system. 
5.0  2025/26 Key Actions Update 
The key actions identified in the October 2025 bi-annual report to board are
noted below with progress updated: 
Action Progress Update
The 2025/26 Scottish Housing Regulator engagement
plan notes that in October 2024 in our annual
assurance statement that we said were taking steps to
review and consolidate our tenant and resident safety
responsibilities. In addition to further updates on EICR
and fire detection compliance, the Regulator is seeking
further information and assurance about our asbestos
management processes and planned improvements.
Action plan for
asbestos submitted
and SHR kept
updated throughout
2025/26.
Ongoing review of policies, procedures and processes
including the identification of new policy requirements.
A Damp and Mould policy is being developed and will
be brought to Board in early 2026.
Draft policy
undergoing external
review.
Longer term contracts will be put in place for asbestos
surveys. The contract awards for both external and
internal surveys is targeted for Spring 2026.
Procurement in
progress
A contract will be put in place for domestic legionella
risk assessments, with contract award targeted for
April 2026.
Procurement in
progress
A contract will be put in place for common area
asbestos management following the conclusion of the
external review of asbestos management
arrangements described above.
Procurement in
progress 
6.0 2026/27 Key Actions 
• Servicing is part of Phase 1 of the Housing Innovations Project (HIP)
which will see a new housing management ICT system being introduced
and which will incorporate gas servicing and electrical testing. Training will
be required on the new system and transition plan for moving to the new
system. 
• Longer term contracts will be put in place for asbestos surveys including
common area asbestos management surveys. 
Page 154 of 290

Page 161

PUBLIC
• A contract will be put in place for domestic legionella risk assessments. 
• Ongoing monitoring and progression of actions within the Asbestos
Management Action Plan 
• Monitor outcomes of Single Building Assessments and implement any
further fire safety measures identified as responsibility of compliance team.
_________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial - Compliance costs are met from the HRA budget. 
2. HR & Organisational Development - None 
3. Community/Council Planning:
• Our Renfrewshire is safe - ensuring tenants have a safe place to live. To
manage risk to for staff, contractors or members of the public within
council housing properties. 
4. Legal - None 
5. Property/Assets - Ensuring assets are protected from risk.   
6. Information Technology - None 
7. Equality & Human Rights 
(a) The Recommendations contained within this report have been assessed in
relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No negative
impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’
human rights have been identified arising from the recommendations
contained in the report. If required following implementation, the actual
impact of the recommendations and the mitigating actions will be reviewed
and monitored, and the results of the assessment will be published on the
Council’s website. 
8. Health & Safety - The strategy and policies align with the Council’s Corporate
Health and Safety Policy. 
9. Procurement - None 
10. Risk - Failing to meet KPIs could put the Council at risk of failing to comply
with statutory duties for landlord compliance and could be reputationally
damaging. 
11. Privacy Impact - None 
12. Climate Risk - None 
13. Children’s Rights - None 
Page 155 of 290

Page 162

PUBLIC
14. COSLA Policy Position – None
___________________________________________________________________
List of Background Papers
Appendix A - Performance Monitoring Report - Housing Landlord Compliance,
April 2025-March 2026
___________________________________________________________________
Author:      Karen Sillars, Housing Asset & Investment Manager
Email: karen.sillars@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 156 of 290

Page 163

P a g e | 1
PUBLIC   
PERFORMANCE MONITORING REPORT 
HOUSING LANDLORD COMPLIANCE 
APRIL 2025 – MARCH 2026 
Item 7
CHPB190526 Page 157 of 290

Page 164

P a g e | 2
PUBLIC
Contents
1. Position summary for year 2025 - 2026. .......................................................................................................................................3
2. GAS ..............................................................................................................................................................................................4
3. ELECTRICAL ................................................................................................................................................................................5
4. ASBESTOS ...................................................................................................................................................................................7
5. FIRE ..............................................................................................................................................................................................8
6. WATER .........................................................................................................................................................................................9
7. LIFTS .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 
Page 158 of 290

Page 165

P a g e | 3
PUBLIC 
1. Position summary for year 2025 - 2026 
Category
Total
Number
of KPI’s
Gas 3 3 0 0
Electrical 8 6 2 0
Asbestos 2 0 1 1
Fire 4 4 0 0
Water 4 4 0 0
Lifts 5 5 0 0 
26 22 3 1 
99-100% Pass rate
85-98% Pass rate
<85% Pass rate
Current information being gathered 
Page 159 of 290

Page 166

P a g e | 4
PUBLIC
2. GAS 
Cat Indicator Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 25/26      24/25 Notes
KPI
G.01 
Number of times in current reporting year
Housing failed to meet statutory obligation to
complete a Gas Safety Check within 12 months
of a gas appliance being fitted or last checked 
(Charter Indicator 11) 
0 5 2 4 11
(99.9%) 
5 All services are now
complete         
KPI
G.02
Landlord’s Gas Installations with a valid LGSR
(CP12) within its due date in the last 12 months
as a % of Total Landlord Requirement 
100%  99.81%  99.92%  99.85%  99.9% 99.9% 
KPI
G.03
Number of Communal / District Boilers with valid
certification as a % of Total Landlord Requirement 
100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Serviced monthly and
annually as part of
Term Maintenance
Contract. 
Page 160 of 290

Page 167

P a g e | 5
PUBLIC
3. ELECTRICAL 
Indicator Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 25/26 24/25 Notes
KPI
E.01
Domestic properties with a satisfactory EICR
within its due date as % of total dwellings
requiring an EICR.
80%  95%  96%  95%  95% 92% Forced access
process ongoing.
This figure includes
199 void properties
due for demolition. If
these are excluded
the figure is 99%. 
KPI
E.02
Non-domestic properties (including Common
Areas) with a satisfactory EICR within its due
date as % of total non-Dwellings requiring an
EICR
29%  44%  70%  99%  100% 21% Programme
commenced Nov
2024. All completed
31st March 2026. 
KPI
E.03
Percentage of domestic properties with No
outstanding C1, C2, F1 works. 
0% 95% 99% 99% 99%   80% 262 currently in
progress 
KPI
E.04
Percentage of non-domestic properties with No
outstanding C1, C2, F1 works 
100%  100%  100%  100%  100%  100%  Sheltered Housing,
High Rise and
launderettes 
KPI
E.05
Percentage of Sites with Portable Appliance
Tests (PAT) completed.
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%  100%  Covers Housing
owned appliances in
Sheltered Housing &
High Rise 
Page 161 of 290

Page 168

P a g e | 6
PUBLIC
KPI
E.06
Percentage of properties with Lightning
Protection Systems (LPS) inspected and tested. 
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%  100% 
KPI
E.07
Percentage of properties with automated doors,
gates, and barriers with a valid Risk
Assessment. 
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%  82.14%  Fire Risk Assessment
takes account of
equipment         
KPI
E.08
Percentage of properties with automated doors,
gates, and barriers where Maintenance visits
have been completed.
96%  96%  96%  96%  96%  96%  One domestic
property outstanding
– tenant engagement
ongoing. It had been
isolated and currently
operates as a
standard door. 
Page 162 of 290

Page 169

P a g e | 7
PUBLIC
4. ASBESTOS 
Cat Indicator Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 25/26 24/25 Notes
KPI
A.01
Non-Dwellings (common areas) with a valid
asbestos survey and re-inspections of all ACMs
(where required) within its due date as a % of
non-Dwellings requiring one. 
0%  0%  0%  0%  0% 
All sites have been
surveyed with 1350
requiring reinspection.
PIN notice issued by
procurement and
contractor meetings
arranged. 
KPI
A.02
Number of safety occurrences - including any 
reported asbestos related occurrence reporting
(e.g., to the HSE or Regulator) during the
reporting period. 
N/A  0  0  1        1  0
HSE informed of
release or escape of
substances liable to
harm 
Page 163 of 290

Page 170

P a g e | 8
PUBLIC
5. FIRE 
Cat Indicator Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 25/26 24/25 
KPI
F.01
% Of Properties with a Completed and In Date
Fire Risk Assessment (FRA) where required.   
100%  100%  100%  100%  100%  100%
All High flats,
Sheltered, HMOs are
completed and
reviews ongoing.         
KPI
F.02
Total No. of Fire Risk Assessment Actions
Outstanding (but In Date) and total number of
actions overdue  2  1  1  8  8  252 
Q1, Q2 and Q3
actions all complete.
Currently 6
outstanding for Q4 -
awaiting materials. 
KPI
F.03
% Of Buildings with Fire Safety
Systems/Equipment present where all
Systems/Equipment has been Tested/Maintained
in accordance with Policy 
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%           
KPI
F.04
Number of Notices received from the Fire and
Rescue Services with actions required
Number of outstanding 
3  
1
2
3
2
0
2
2
9
2
10 All outstanding works
now completed   
Page 164 of 290

Page 171

P a g e | 9
PUBLIC 
6. WATER 
Cat Indicator Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 25/26 24/25 
KPI
W.01
% of Priority Scheme Properties (against the
stated Total Landlord Requirement) with a valid
Legionella Risk Assessment 
100%  100%  100%  100%  100% 100% 
KPI
W.02
% of General Needs Properties (against the
stated Total Landlord Requirement) with a valid
desktop Risk Assessment. 
100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Procurement process
for domestic LRA’s
underway 
KPI
W.03
% of Properties (against the stated Total
Landlord Requirement) with a valid Written
Scheme where a requirement has been
identified. 
100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 
KPI
W.04
% of Properties (against the stated Total
Landlord Requirement) within a Legionella
Maintenance Regime 
100%  100%  100%  100%  100% 100% 
Page 165 of 290

Page 172

P a g e | 10
PUBLIC
7. LIFTS 
The following Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) will be reported: 
Cat Indicator Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 25/26 24/25 
KPI
L.01
Assets with a Passenger Lift having valid
Thorough Examination within its Due Date as a
% of total assets with a Passenger Lift 
100%  100%  100%  100%  100% 100% 
KPI
L.02
Assets with a Passenger Lift where all
Maintenance and Inspection activity is within its
Due Date as a % of total assets where a
Passenger Lift is present 
100%  100%  100%  100%  100% 100% 
KPI
L.03
Assets with Vertical Through Floor Lifts that
have valid Thorough Examination within its Due
Date as a % of total assets with other Lifts 
100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 
KPI
L.04
Assets with Vertical Through Floor Lifts where
all Maintenance and Inspection activity is within
its Due Date as a % of total assets where other
Lifts are present 
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%  100% 
KPI
L.05
Assets with Actions arising from Thorough
Examinations, Inspection or Maintenance
activity that are Overdue as a % of total assets
where a Lift is present 
100%  100%  100%  86%  100%  94% There are 6 repairs in
progress with our
contractor following
HSB inspection 
Page 166 of 290

Page 173

P a g e | 11
PUBLIC 
Environment, Housing and Infrastructure
Renfrewshire Council
Renfrewshire House
Cotton Street
Paisley
PA1 1BR 
Page 167 of 290

Page 174

Page 168 of 290

Page 175

PUBLIC
___________________________________________________________________
To: Communities and Housing Policy Board
On: 19th May 2026
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Housing Asset and Investment Programme 2025/26 Update
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary
1.1 The Housing Revenue Account (HRA) Capital Investment Plan is approved
each year by the Council and sets out a range of investment programmes for
our housing assets. The Housing Asset and Investment team is responsible
for the implementation and management of the Housing Asset Management
Strategy, which was approved by the Policy Board in October 2025, and the
delivery of housing capital investment projects throughout Renfrewshire. 
1.2 The Housing Asset and Investment Programme Board continues to provide
strategic oversight, governance and scrutiny, ensuring programme objectives
align with corporate initiatives and housing investment works comply with the
relevant legislative and regulatory standards for social housing. 
1.3 The policy board are provided with regular updates on the capital investment
programme in the service update reports throughout the course of the year.
The is the second annual report which provides an overview of the projects
delivered within the housing asset and investment programme in 2025/26 and
summarises targets for 2026/27.
1.4 Appendix 1 of this report provides details of a range of investment
programmes and includes photographs of some projects, showing examples
of both works in progress and completed works. 
__________________________________________________________________
Item 8
CHPB190526 Page 169 of 290

Page 176

PUBLIC
2. Recommendations 
It is recommended that the Communities and Housing Policy Board: 
2.1  Notes the progress made in the housing asset and investment programme      
during 2025/2026. 
2.2 Notes the 2026/27 housing asset and investment programme, which aligns with
the Housing Revenue Account Capital Investment Plan approved by the
Council in February 2026. 
3. Background 
3.1 The HRA Capital Investment Plan is approved by the Council each year as
part of the annual budget and rent level setting process. Significant amounts
of expenditure are set out within the capital plan, both for new build housing
and investment in existing housing stock. 
3.2 Financial monitoring of the capital plan is reported to the policy board
throughout the year, and the board also receives an annual update on the
both the Housing Asset and Investment Programme and the Housing-Led
Regeneration and Renewal Programme, as well as regular updates within the
service update report throughout the year.  This report is the second annual
report on the Housing Asset and Investment Programme 
3.3 The Housing Asset and Investment Programme continues to improve the
quality, energy efficiency and sustainability of council housing stock, in line
with the strategic priorities and targets set out in the Housing Asset
Management Strategy and the Housing Revenue Account (HRA) Capital
Investment Programme. 
4. 2025/26 Housing Investment Programme Progress 
4.1 External Works 
External investment across Renfrewshire has focused on enhancing building
performance through measures such as external wall insulation (EWI), roofing
and rendering improvements, window and door replacements, and the
installation of air source heating and solar PV. These works have supported
compliance with the Energy Efficiency Standard for Social Housing (EESSH)
and the Scottish Housing Quality Standard (SHQS). 
Appendix 1 of this report provides an overview of some of the key external
investment works undertaken during 2025/26 including: 
• 781 properties receiving external improvement works
• Seedhill Road regeneration pilot project
• Houston Place net zero project
• Gallowhill multi storey blocks ground source heating project
Page 170 of 290

Page 177

PUBLIC
4.2 Internal Works 
Internal investment in Renfrewshire’s housing stock includes the replacement
of kitchens, bathrooms, heating systems and electrical rewiring where
required. Kitchen, bathroom, heating replacements and rewires have been
carried out by both Building Services and the Council’s appointed contractors. 
Appendix 1 of this report provides an overview of some of the key internal
investment works undertaken during 2025/26 including: 
• 293 properties across kitchen, bathroom and rewiring workstreams. This
was below the target of 600 due to changes in contractual arrangements,
however, the programme is now progressing well.  
• 795 properties receiving new heating systems or boilers.  This exceeded
the target of 750. 
5. Contractor Performance 
5.1 Effective management of contractors involved in the delivery of investment
programmes is key to the success of these programmes, particularly as the
scale of work programmes increases. The inclusion of key performance
indicators enables the assessment of contractor performance against clearly
defined standards, ensuring works are delivered on time, within budget and to
the expected quality. Community benefits are also monitored to ensure social
value and support economic growth within Renfrewshire including job creation
job opportunities. Contractor performance meetings are held quarterly,
attended by senior officers and contractor stakeholders to assess contractor
performance. MP Group achieved an overall contractor performance score of
96% for external investment works.  Building Services achieving a 95%
performance score for internal investment works. A breakdown of
performance is provided in Appendix 1. 
5.2 Tenant and resident satisfaction is a key measure in determining the success
of the external programme. The project team are committed to a resident
focussed approach, collaborating with tenants and owners in identifying
potential areas of improvement and encouraging feedback on contractor
performance. This is conducted through dedicated Liaison Officer resources
within the housing investment team. Regular on-site visits by Clerk of Works
and Liaison Officer staff ensure that residents are fully informed, supported
and engaged throughout the duration of the improvement works. 
6. 2026/27 Housing Investment Programme 
6.1 Over the course of the coming year, the external and internal investment
programmes will continue to focus on external wall insulation, roof and
window replacements, new kitchen, bathroom and electrical rewiring
improvements. 
Page 171 of 290

Page 178

PUBLIC
6.2 The volume of internal improvement works will continue to increase over the
next few years, with a contract for heating installations being put in place this
year with plans to replace heating in over 4000 homes over the next four
years. A contract to continue window and door replacements will also be
awarded later this year. 
Appendix 1 of this report sets out the targets for 2026/27 which include: 
• 360 properties to receive external improvements
• 600 kitchen, bathroom, rewiring installations
• 750 heating installations 
6.3 Regular updates on the housing asset and investment programme will be
provided to the Policy Board through the service update and financial
monitoring reports, with a further annual update in May 2027.
__________________________________________________________________ 
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial – Costs are met from HRA capital budget. 
2. HR & Organisational Development – None. 
3. Community/Council Planning – 
• Our Renfrewshire is safe – ensuring tenants have a safe place to live. To
manage risk to for staff, contractors or members of the public within
council housing properties. 
4. Legal – None. 
5. Property/Assets – Ensuring assets are modernised and meet legislative and
regulatory standards. 
6. Information Technology – None. 
7. Equality & Human Rights 
(a) The Recommendations contained within this report have been assessed in
relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. 
No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of
individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from the
recommendations contained in the report.  If required following
implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations and the
mitigating actions will be reviewed and monitored, and the results of the
assessment will be published on the Council’s website. 
8. Health & Safety – None. 
Page 172 of 290

Page 179

PUBLIC
9. Procurement – None. 
10. Risk - Risk is monitored at project and programme board level.   
11. Privacy Impact – None. 
12. Climate Risk – None. 
13. Children’s Rights – None. 
14. COSLA Policy Position – None.
___________________________________________________________________ 
List of Background Papers 
Appendix 1 – Housing Asset and Investment Programme 2025/26 Update
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author: Karen Sillars, Housing Asset & Investment Manager
Email: karen.sillars@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 173 of 290

Page 180

Page 174 of 290

Page 181

MAY 2026
Housing Asset and 
Investment Programme
2025/26 Update
Houston Place, Elderslie
Item 8
CHPB190526 Page 175 of 290

Page 182

Table of Contents
1. External Housing Investment 2025/26
a) Summary Outputs 2025/26
b) 74 Seedhill Road – Regeneration Pilot Project
c) Other Regeneration Area Improvements
d) Houston Place – Net Zero Pilot Project
e) Gallowhill and Glencairn Courts – Ground Source
Heating Project
2. Internal Housing Investment Programme 25/26
a) Kitchen/Boilers/Bathroom Installs
3.    2026/27 Investment Programmes and Targets
Page 176 of 290

Page 183

3
1. External Housing Investment 2025/26
The external housing investment programme continues to prioritise improvements in energy
efficiency across homes in Renfrewshire through the installation of External Wall Insulation
(EWI).  This investment  reduces heat loss, lowers carbon emissions and supports the
Scottish Government’s national Net-Zero ambitions, the Energy Efficiency Standard for
Social Housing (EESSH) and Scottish Housing Quality Standard (SHQS).  It also  aligns with
the Council’s wider strategic approach to climate change and sustainability.
In addition to energy efficiency improvements, the external housing investment programme
delivers essential fabric and renewal works.  This may include a combination of roof and
gutter replacement, renewal of external render finishes, windows and door renewals, solar
PV and improvements to loft insulation.
Collectively, these enhancements extend the lifespan of the housing stock, enhance
building performance and contribute to improved living conditions for residents.
During 2025/26, at total of 781 homes benefitted from a range of external improvement
works, with 1132 installations completed. Some properties will have received more that one
installation as part of the works – EG a combination of external works, solar PV and new
windows.
A breakdown of the external works carried out in 2025/26 is set out in the table below:
HOUSING ASSET AND INVESTMENT PROGRAMME 2025/26 UPDATE
1
External works Paisley  Renfrew Johnstone &
Villages Total Number
External Wall Insulation
Roof Renewal
Gutter replacement
92 4 20 116
Render renewal
Roof Renewal
Gutter replacement
34 0 182 216
Solar Panel Installations 43 3 106 152
Window Renewal 96 8 211 315
Window Renewal
(Regeneration areas) 165 86 100 351
Totals 430 101 601 1132
a) External Works Summary Outputs 2025/26
Page 177 of 290

Page 184

3
HOUSING ASSET AND INVESTMENT PROGRAMME 2025/26 UPDATE
2
An example of the works completed as part of the external housing investment programme
during 2025/26, is the project at 74 Seedhill Road within the  housing regeneration area at
Auchentorlie in Paisley.
This block along with a further eight blocks in the Auchentorlie and Howard Street areas
received significant upgrades including EWI, roof and gutter replacement,  windows and
door replacement, solar PV,  loft insulation.
In addition to the regeneration works in Paisley, many villages and towns within Renfrewshire
have also received similar enhancements across diverse property types, reflecting the
varied nature of the housing stock across the area.
MP Group have a cumulative contractor KPI score of 96% against a 90% target. This score is
calculated as a weighted average across key performance areas, including timescale delivery,
contractor progress reporting, health and safety, recycling performance, application for payment,
and community benefits.
CONTRACTOR
PERFORMANCE Actual Target
Overall Score 96% 90%
Budget 100% 100%
Timescales 84% 100%
Contractor’s Report / 
Health & Safety /
Environmental
100% 100%
Page 178 of 290

Page 185

This was the first tenement block to be completed within the Housing Regeneration and
Renewal (HRR) areas. 
The project adopted principles from the EnerPHit standard, a high performance retrofit
standard that enables existing buildings to achieve 75% – 90% energy savings alongside
enhanced comfort and enhanced structural performance .
EnerPHit serves as a practical and deliverable alternative to the full Passivhaus standard
(extremely energy-efficient buildings requiring minimal heating or cooling) which is typically
applied to new build developments aiming to achieve Net Zero targets.
The key elements delivered as part of the pilot were:
b) 74 Seedhill Road – Regeneration Pilot Project
HOUSING ASSET AND INVESTMENT PROGRAMME 2025/26 UPDATE
Improved Insulation: The block has been upgraded with the installation of
external wall insulation boards, underfloor insulation and loft insulation to
minimise heat loss through the building fabric.
Airtightness: The block is as airtight as possible through sealing gaps and cracks
in loft and roof space as well as in individual properties to prevent unwanted
draughts. This helps maintain a stable indoor temperature and reduces the need
for excessive heating or cooling. Underfloor insulation is also installed in ground
floor properties where possible.
High-Performance Windows and Doors: Installing triple-glazed windows and
well-insulated internal and external doors to flats as well as the installation of a
high spec common close door greatly improves the building’s energy efficiency by
reducing heat loss and preventing cold spots. This has also been applied to
common windows and doors of the block. Maintaining minimum temperatures
throughout the building will help to eradicate condensation/dampness.
Mechanical Ventilation with Heat Recovery (MVHR): An MVHR system is used in
all homes within the block to provide fresh air while recovering heat from outgoing
air. This helps maintain good indoor air quality without losing valuable warmth.
Every room in each of the flats has had ventilation units installed.
Minimising Thermal Bridges: Energy-efficient renovations focus on reducing
thermal bridges—areas where heat can escape easily - such as around windows
and at junctions between walls and floors. Various measures including taping and
foaming gaps around windows and doors play a vital role in minimising thermal
bridges and maintaining a continuous insulating barrier thus helping to reduce
heat loss.
1
2
3
4
5
3
Page 179 of 290

Page 186

HOUSING ASSET AND INVESTMENT PROGRAMME 2025/26 UPDATE
4
This pilot retrofit project was undertaken to demonstrate and evaluate the benefits of
delivering high-performance energy efficiency measures in an existing residential block.
Internal enhancements were also delivered, including new kitchens, bathrooms and boilers.
As external works were completed in early 2026, the project will now undertake a period of
post completion evaluation through temperature and humidity monitoring using in home
sensors.
The retrofit of 74 Seedhill Road was intentionally delivered as a small-scale pilot, that would
help assess the future feasibility of such an intrusive approach to retrofitting older property.
Before
Page 180 of 290

Page 187

45
Page 181 of 290

Page 188

After
6
After
Page 182 of 290

Page 189

Adjacent to  74 Seedhill Road , eight other fully Council owned blocks in Auchentorlie also
received external upgrades. An architectural design was produced in the early stages of the
project to capture the look and feel of an energy enhanced version of the blocks at
Auchentorlie. The final design was delivered bringing the original concept to life.
c) Other Regeneration Area Improvements
HOUSING ASSET AND INVESTMENT PROGRAMME 2025/26 UPDATE
Concept Result
7
Page 183 of 290

Page 190

8
Before
After
Page 184 of 290

Page 191

Houston Place in Elderslie was the first terraced Council block  to replace gas central
heating with clean heating. Air Source Heat Pumps (ASHP) have been installed to provide
highly efficient, renewable heating and domestic hot water by extracting heat from the
outside air into each property.
Complete in October 2025, this project demonstrated a whole house retrofit approach to
eight terraced homes and was supported by grant funding  of £254,000 from the Scottish
Government to deliver this Net Zero pilot project. As well as the air source heating system,
further property enhancements including solar PV, EWI, Mechanical Ventilation with Heat
Recovery (MVHR)  designed to provide continuous fresh, filtered air while retaining up to
95% of heat from extracted air have been utilised.
The properties also benefitted from internal improvements including new kitchens and new
radiators. Further energy efficient enhancements have been introduced - double glazing
replaced with triple glazing, replacement of external doors (including new porch) loft
insulation top-up and thorough air tightness measures to alleviate tenant fuel costs and
provide comfortable, high performing energy efficient homes. 
d) Houston Place – Net Zero Pilot Project 
HOUSING ASSET AND INVESTMENT PROGRAMME 2025/26 UPDATE
9Page 185 of 290

Page 192

After
Before
10
Page 186 of 290

Page 193

n progress
11
Page 187 of 290

Page 194

After
12
Page 188 of 290

Page 195

13
Page 189 of 290

Page 196

e) Gallowhill and Glencairn Courts – Ground Source
Heating Project
HOUSING ASSET AND INVESTMENT PROGRAMME 2025/26 UPDATE
14
Page 190 of 290

Page 197

This pioneering project will see the replacement of the gas infrastructure in two high-rise
blocks in Gallowhill, Paisley, with sustainable, clean heating for residents. In April 2025, the
Council obtained grant funding of £1.8m from the Scottish Government to support a project
to provide 180 homes with sustainable and clean heating by taking heat from the ground to
replace fossil fuelled boilers.
This project represents the first time a local authority in Scotland has deployed a ground
source heat pump system of this nature and scale, placing Renfrewshire Council at the
forefront of clean heating innovation in Scotland.
On-site pre-enabling works commenced in August 2025 followed by a borehole network
drilling exercise to enable the extraction of renewable heat energy from the earth, which will
be delivered to each flat via individual ground source heat pumps - discreet units designed
to fit inside a cupboard that deliver high-efficiency heating and hot water.
Drilling of the borehole network was successfully completed in December 2025, followed by
significant groundworks which were completed in May 2026. The next phase of works
includes the riser installation which will carry the ground sourced heat into all 180 homes. 
Following this, each flat will have new heat pumps and radiators installed and the existing
gas heating system removed, with the new system expected to be fully operational by the
end of this year.
HOUSING ASSET AND INVESTMENT PROGRAMME 2025/26 UPDATE
15
Page 191 of 290

Page 198

101316
Page 192 of 290

Page 199

1015
HOUSING ASSET AND INVESTMENT PROGRAMME 2025/26 UPDATE
2. Internal Housing Investment Programme 2025/26
10
Internal investment in Renfrewshire’s housing stock continues with improvement works
delivered to over 1000 homes in the last year. The table below  provides details of the
combination of measures that were completed during 2025/26, with both building services
and the Council’s appointed contractors delivering internal improvement works in both
tenanted and void properties.
Despite experiencing some initial challenges in the early phases of this year’s internal
investment programme, a high standard of quality of work has been maintained across the
kitchen, bathroom and rewire installations. Tenant  feedback has been positive, particularly
in relation to workmanship, communication and displays of professionalism reflecting the
customer focused approach taken for these works.
A contract was awarded in January 2026 which will see over 3000 properties benefitting from
kitchen, bathroom and electrical rewiring works over the next four years.
17
Internal Works Paisley Renfrew Johnstone &
Villages
Total
Number
Kitchen, Bathroom &
Rewire
29 6 9 44
Kitchen and Bathroom 4 0 7 11
Kitchen and rewire 18 2 8 28
Kitchen only 66 100 36 202
Bathroom only 3 3 2 8
Full GCH system 157 65 87 309
Gas Boiler only 134 328 24 486
Totals 413 504 171 1088
a) Table 2.1: Kitchen/Boilers/Bathroom Installs
Page 193 of 290

Page 200

Building Services have a cumulative contractor KPI score of 96%. This score is calculated as a
weighted average across key performance areas, including timescale delivery, quality, contractor’s
report, health and safety, environmental performance,
CONTRACTOR
PERFORMANCE Actual Target
Overall Score 95% 85%
Quality 97% 90%
Timescales 99% 80%
Contractor’s Report / 
Health & Safety /
Environmental
100% 100%
Page 194 of 290

Page 201

101510
18Page 195 of 290

Page 202

101519
Page 196 of 290

Page 203

1420
Page 197 of 290

Page 204

The Housing Asset & Investment Team, in conjunction with the Council’s procurement
teams, continue to monitor the performance of all contractors delivering investment
projects.
A range of key performance indicators around  timescale delivery, health & safety,
customer satisfaction and community benefits are monitored on a monthly basis and
reported regularly to the internal programme boards which have been established to
provide oversight and governance of all housing investment projects.
3. Contractor Performance
21
HOUSING ASSET AND INVESTMENT PROGRAMME 2025/26 UPDATE
 The table below outlines the key targets for 2026/27 :
4. 2026/27 Investment Programmes and Targets
Project / Type of Works Target number of installs Target Completion Date
Ground Source Heat Pump Transition 180 December 2026
Kitchen, Bathroom and Electrical Rewire 600 March 2027
Heating 750 March 2027
External Investment – Regeneration Areas 160 March 2027
External Investment – Non-Regeneration Areas 200 March 2027
Window Replacement 500 March 2027
 A contract for heating installations will be awarded in 2026/27, with plans to replace
heating in over 4000 Council homes over the next four years.
 A contract to continue window and door replacement programmes across our housing
stock will also be awarded in 2026/27.
 Investment plans for multi storey blocks will be developed following completion of all
single building assessments (SBAs).
Page 198 of 290

Page 205

Investment works in the housing regeneration areas will see over 100 Council properties
benefitting from external works in the Waverley Road, Foxbar and Howwood Road,
Johnstone areas. A window replacement programme is currently ongoing in advance of the
external works.
Programmes of external wall insulation will continue in approximately 300 non-traditional
crosswall properties within the Foxbar, Gallowhill and Hunterhill areas of Paisley.
Standard render and roof replacement projects will continue to progress, with council
properties benefiting from  upgrades within Foxbar, Johnstone Castle, Lochwinnoch and
Kirklandneuk (Renfrew) areas throughout 2026/27.
HOUSING ASSET AND INVESTMENT PROGRAMME 2025/26 UPDATE
Waverley Road Concept
22
Page 199 of 290

Page 206

Page 200 of 290

Page 207

PUBLIC 
___________________________________________________________________ 
To:  Communities & Housing Policy Board 
On:  19 May 2026
___________________________________________________________________ 
Report by: Director of Environment, Housing & Infrastructure
___________________________________________________________________ 
Heading: Homelessness in Renfrewshire – Action Plan
___________________________________________________________________ 
1. Summary 
1.1 This report provides the Policy Board with an updated summary on the
homeless and housing support pressures across Renfrewshire. 
1.2 A comprehensive Homelessness Action Plan for Renfrewshire has been
developed which incorporates and consolidates a broad range of measures
that are already being applied by the Council and / or partners, as well as
introducing new actions which will help to mitigate the impact of the increase
in homelessness and meet the needs of those who require support.   
1.3 This Action Plan covers the period 2026 – 2028 to align with the Local
Housing Strategy and is provided in detail in Appendix 1 of this report. It will
be shared with partners and stakeholders and regularly reviewed over the
lifetime of the Action Plan, with 6 monthly updates on progress with its
implementation being provided to the Policy Board as part of the regular
updates which have been submitted to the Policy Board on the broader nature
and scale of homelessness in Renfrewshire, see para 5.6. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations 
It is recommended that the Communities and Housing Policy Board: 
2.1 Approve the Homelessness Action Plan for Renfrewshire 2026 – 2028, at
Appendix 1 of this Report 
Item 9
CHPB190526 Page 201 of 290

Page 208

PUBLIC
2.2 Note that 6 monthly updates on progress with its implementation will be
provided to the Policy Board. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
3. Background 
3.1 As previously reported to the Policy Board, the annual number of statutorily
homeless households in Renfrewshire generally remained consistent up until
2021. 
There has however been a steady, stepped increase in homeless applications
since then, in line with the national trend, with the annual number of
applications in 2025/26 increasing by over 10% to 1135. The table below
illustrates the annual number of applications in Renfrewshire, verified by the
Scottish Government: 
3.2 This has led to a position where the number of households being supported
by Homeless Services (‘live cases’) at the end of 2025/26 was 506 - this
figure was 378 at April 2023 and 406 in 2024. 
3.3 This increase in homelessness and the impacts of the demand pressures on
homeless and housing support services has been reported to the Policy
Board over the past few years, with regular updates provided on the steps
being taken to meet the rising demand and provides support to those in
housing need. 
834
909 935
1026 1026 1135
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
20/21 21/22 22/23 23/24 24/25 25/26
No. of homeless applications in R/Shire
Page 202 of 290

Page 209

PUBLIC
3.4 A full report summarising annual performance information based on the
published homelessness statistics for 2025/26, and benchmarking how
Renfrewshire compares to other local authorities, will be provided to the
Policy Board later this year once they have been verified and published by the
Scottish Government, as well as an independent benchmarking analysis of
the data by ‘Scotland’s Housing Network’. 
4. Scottish Housing Regulator Engagement Plan 
4.1 The Scottish Housing Regulator has recently completed its annual risk
assessment for all social landlords and thereafter updated their engagement
plan on homelessness for Renfrewshire Council. 
4.2 Renfrewshire is now one of nine local authorities which the Regulator’s
national engagement plan published in April highlighted that they believe were
at a heightened risk that the demands in relation to homelessness could
shortly exceed their capacity to respond. 
4.3 This was largely to be expected, given the on-going demand pressures that
have been experienced and reported on for several years, and we will ensure
that we regularly provide the Regulator with all the information necessary for
them to assess and report on our performance in discharging duties to those
who are homeless. 
4.4 A key element will be the implementation and monitoring of our
‘Homelessness Action Plan for Renfrewshire’, which is set out in Appendix 1
of this report and summarised in section 5 below. 
5. Homelessness Action Plan for Renfrewshire 
5.1 The many measures that have been put in place and / or have been
developed over the past two years - as well as several new actions - have
now been consolidated into a comprehensive Homelessness Action Plan for
Renfrewshire. 
5.2 This Action Plan has been developed over the past year as the demand
pressures for social rented housing and support further increased, and a
range of measures were being taken to mitigate the impact on homelessness
in Renfrewshire, as reported to the Policy Board throughout the last year. 
5.3 The key overarching actions which run through the Plan all relate to the need: 
• to have a stock of temporary accommodation which meets demand, 
• to maintain a strong focus on social rented housing being let to those in
most housing need, and 
• to ensure the Council and partners support those who are homeless to
transition into settled housing and are able to sustain a tenancy 
Page 203 of 290

Page 210

PUBLIC
5.4 As well as responding to the Scottish Housing Regulator, our Action Plan for
Renfrewshire also incorporates the key elements of the Scottish
Government’s Emergency Action Plan announced in September 2025, which
included the main homelessness-focussed actions of: 
• reducing the time children spend living in temporary accommodation.
• consider ‘flipping’ temporary accommodation to permanent tenancies for
families. 
• Further support for the use of the Housing First approach.
• the provision of funding for pilot schemes to use private sector leasing to
reduce the use of B&B.
• increase in support for women experiencing domestic abuse.
• extending Rapid Rehousing Transition Plans into 2026/27. 
5.5 This consolidated Action Plan for Renfrewshire covers the two years to April
2028, and partners will continue to be consulted on its content and outputs,
which will allow progress on its implementation to then be regularly reported
to the Communities and Housing Policy Board, 
5.6 Due to the quickly changing landscape as regards these homelessness and
housing support pressures, the first full review of the Action Plan will be
carried out no later than the end of December 2026. The Policy Board will
continue to receive reports and service updates on the broader nature and
scale of homelessness in Renfrewshire, as well as updates on progress with
the implementation of the Action Plan.
___________________________________________________________________ 
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial – None.  
2. HR & Organisational Development – None. 
3. Community/Council Planning – 
• Our Renfrewshire is fair - those who are homeless will be provided with
housing options. 
• Building strong, safe and resilient communities – meeting the needs of
those who are homeless and providing access to settled housing helps to
support communities. 
• Tackling inequality, ensuring opportunities for all – those who are in
housing need will be provided with settled housing options. 
• Working together to improve outcomes – we will be working with
partners to improve outcomes for those in housing need. 
4. Legal - None. Property/Assets – None. 
Page 204 of 290

Page 211

PUBLIC 
5. Property/Assets - None 
6. Information Technology – None. 
7. Equality & Human Rights – 
(a) The Recommendations contained within this report have been assessed in
relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No negative
impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’
human rights have been identified arising from the recommendations
contained in the report and it is for noting only. 
8. Health & Safety – None. 
9. Procurement – None.  
10. Risk - None.  
11. Privacy Impact - None.  
12. Climate Risk – None.  
13. Children’s Rights – None.  
14. Cosla Policy Position – None. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
List of Background Papers 
(a) Background paper 1 ‘Homelessness update’ Communities & Housing Policy
Board on 28 October 2025. 
(b) Background paper 2 ‘Homelessness & Housing Support – 2024/25’ Communities
& Housing Policy Board on 13 May 2025 
(c) Background paper 3 ‘Homelessness in Renfrewshire and Review of Rapid
Rehousing Transition Plan’ Communities &Housing Policy Board on 29 October
2024 
(d) Background paper 4 ‘Homelessness in Renfrewshire – Update Communities
&Housing Policy Board on 21 May. 2024. 
(e) Background paper 5 ‘Homelessness in Renfrewshire – Update Communities &
Housing Policy Board on 16 January 2024. 
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author: Tom Irvine, Homeless & Housing Support Services Manager.
Email: tom.irvine@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 205 of 290

Page 212

Page 206 of 290

Page 213

PUBLIC  
Homelessness Action Plan for Renfrewshire 
2026 - 2028 
CHPB190526 Page 207 of 290

Page 214

PUBLIC
Ref Action  Baseline at April
2026
Responsible
Officer/
Service
Outcome Timescale
1. Housing Options / Solutions
1.1 Target of 55% of general lets to
homeless applicants from Council to be
met 
56% of general lets to
homeless group in
2025/26
Housing Services
Manager 
Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager
55% target to be met  31 March 2027
1.2 Agree target % lets to homeless
applicants from all local / national
RSL’s 
% of RSL general lets to
homeless applicants in
2025/26 still to be
verified. 
Each RSL has its own
target 
Homeless Services
Manager 
RSLs
Review to be carried
out with each RSL
and targets agreed
31 July 2026
1.3 Assess feasibility of a ‘matching’
process for allocating properties to
homeless applicants, in line with
Allocation Policy and Homelessness
Code of Guidance
Officer working group
being established to
progress this action. 
Homeless Services
Manager 
Area Housing
Manager
Develop and agree a
revised approach for
Homeless Services
and Allocations team
30 August 2026
1.4 Assess impact of a pilot ‘1 reasonable
offer’ approach for allocation of housing
to homeless applicants
Homeless applicants
currently may receive up
to 2 ‘reasonable’ offers
Homeless Services
Manager 
Area Housing
Manager 
Assessment of
possible impact to
be carried out and
recommendation on
next steps –
possible ‘pilot’
project 
30 Sept 2026
Page 208 of 290

Page 215

PUBLIC
Ref Action  Baseline at April
2026
Responsible
Officer/
Service
Outcome Timescale
1.5 Address mismatch between demand
and supply of 1 bedroom
accommodation. 
Assess feasibility of ‘flat sharing’
tenancies for homeless applicants (see
also 2.5 in relation to flat sharing in
temporary accommodation)
Annually c80% of
homeless applicants are
single person
households 
‘flat-sharing’ previously
tested in partnership with
The Simon Community
Housing Options &
Homeless
Prevention Co-
ordinator
Options developed,
including use of
‘under-occupation’ 
Feasibility assessed
and
recommendations
made 
31 Oct 2026 
31 Oct 2026
1.6 Tenancy ‘Flipping’ – review process for
‘flipping’ temporary accommodation
into a secure tenancy for the occupant
and agree an updated approach 
Note: tenancy ‘flipping’ can only
become a regular occurrence once the
stock of temporary accommodation
meets demand 
1 property ‘flipped’ in
2025/26
Homeless Services
Manager 
Area Housing
Manager
Review carried out 
and
recommendations
made
31 October 2026
1.7 Review pathways of accessing
Discretionary Housing Payments to
prevent homelessness through access
to private rented sector (PRS) for those
who are homeless or threatened with
homelessness 
Access to PRS is
currently largely
unaffordable for many
homeless applicants 
29 homeless applicants
supported to access
PRS in 2025/26
Housing Options &
Homeless
Prevention Co-
ordinator
Establish potential
number of homeless
applicants who can
be supported to
access PRS 
31 Dec 2026 
1.8 Tenancy sustainment (see also 3.2) –
monitor impact of Homelessness
Action Plan measures on tenancy
sustainment rate. 
85% of homeless lets by
the Council were
sustained for at least 12
months (2024/25)
Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager
Impact of Action
Plan 2026-2028 on
tenancy sustainment
reviewed
31 March 2028
Page 209 of 290

Page 216

PUBLIC
Ref Action  Baseline at April
2026
Responsible
Officer/
Service
Outcome Timescale
2. Temporary Accommodation
2.1 Stock of furnished temporary 
accommodation to be balanced to
match demand
Current stock - 303
furnished properties:
• 175 RC ‘scatter’ flats
• 33 ‘staffed’
accommodation flats
• 42 RSL scatter flats
• 53 supported
accommodation flats 
Number of occasions
when temporary
accommodation not
offered in 2025/26 still to
be verified and published
by Scottish Government
Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager 
Housing Services
Manager 
RSLs 
Nett increase of 30
properties in
2026/27, then review
target for 2027/28 
Target for number of
occasions when
temporary
accommodation not
offered to be set
once 2025/26
figures verified
30 April 2027 
2.2 Reduce / cease the use of hotel
accommodation, and the number of
breaches of the Unsuitable
Accommodation Order 
(see also 2.13 – impact of ‘out of area’
placement of homeless applicants in
Renfrewshire hotels by other local
authorities)
23 single person
households in hotels at
15 April 2026 
Number of breaches of
Unsuitable
Accommodation Order in
2025/26 still to be
verified and published by
Scottish Government
Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager
Number staying in
hotel
accommodation
reduced 
Target for breaches
of Unsuitable
Accommodation
Order to be set once
2025/26 figures
verified
30 April 2027
2.3 Ensure the number of children living in
temporary accommodation remains
relatively low and monitor any health
and wellbeing impacts on children
48 children from 25
households living in
temporary furnished
accommodation 
Homeless Services
Manager 
HSCP
Maintain/reduce
relatively low
number of children
living in temporary
accommodation
31 March 2027 
Page 210 of 290

Page 217

PUBLIC
Ref Action  Baseline at April
2026
Responsible
Officer/
Service
Outcome Timescale
2.4 Review provision of temporary
accommodation which meets the
needs of those with a disability
5 x wheelchair-access,
furnished properties. (OT
visits other properties to
advise on adaptations
based on the needs of
those being placed
there)
MAPPA & Service
Development 
Co-ordinator
Review completed
and any
recommendations
made 
30 November 2026
2.5 Maximise ‘flat-sharing’ opportunities in
temporary accommodation
Previous ‘pilot’ project
with Simon Community
discontinued due to
limited take-up
Housing Options &
Homeless
Prevention 
Co-ordinator
Assessment of
feasibility of
successful ‘flat-
sharing’
arrangements
31 March 2027
2.6 Decommission Thrushcraigs Crescent
‘staffed’ accommodation
Site likely to be
decommissioned during
2026/27 to support the
Council’s Regeneration
Programme
Homeless Services
Manager/ Housing
Regeneration
Manager
Accommodation de-
commissioned
31 March 2027
2.7 Procure supported accommodation
project for single homeless people and
childless couples who may have
complex needs (Abercorn Street)
Procurement process
underway
Homeless Services
Manager
Tender issued for
project
31 October 2026
2.8 Assess whether there are any new /
alternative providers of temporary
accommodation in Renfrewshire
Currently leasing temp
accommodation from:
Council, Paisley HA,
Williamsburgh HA,
Linstone HA,
Bridgewater HA,
Sanctuary HA plus the
use of several hotels 
MAPPA & Service
Development Co-
ordinator
Assessment of new
or alternative
providers completed
31 December 2026
Page 211 of 290

Page 218

PUBLIC
Ref Action  Baseline at April
2026
Responsible
Officer/
Service
Outcome Timescale
2.9 Consider re-commencing the use of
Private Sector leasing of temporary
accommodation 
Private sector leasing
used previously (3
properties) but ceased
due to issues with Letting
Agent registration
requirement for staff, and
low number of potential
PSL properties.
Homeless Services
Manager
Assessment of
options completed
31 January 2027
2.10 Review the need for deployment of
additional temporary frontline posts 
9 x temporary posts
currently deployed within
Homeless Services to
support response to
demand pressures
Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager
Review of resources
completed
30 September 2026
2.11 Resettlement assistance – seek
resources to extend the use of
resettlement assistance for those
transitioning from temporary
accommodation.
3 temporary posts
funded via RRTP.
Funding announced by
Scottish Government for
2026/27
Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager
Resources identified
– confirmation of on-
going RRTP funding
obtained
31 March 2027
2.12 Review impact / cost / content of Starter
Packs provided to those moving into
new tenancies – including feedback
from service users.
539 Starter packs
provided in 2025/26.
MAPPA & Service
Development Co-
ordinator
Review completed
and
recommendations
made 
31 October 2026
2.13 Assess impact of other local authorities
making ‘out-of-area’ placements in
Renfrewshire hotels in relation to
‘failures to offer temporary
accommodation’. 
n/a Homeless Services
Manager 
Neighbouring local
authorities.
0 ‘failures to offer
accommodation’ due
to out-of-area
placements by other
local authorities 
31 March 2027
Page 212 of 290

Page 219

PUBLIC
Ref Action  Baseline at April
2026
Responsible
Officer/
Service
Outcome Timescale
2.14 Increase feedback recorded from those
placed in temporary accommodation on
quality, standards etc. and ensure
feedback is used to drive service
improvement. 
% satisfied (2024/25
figs.):
• quality of advice
(97%), 
• quality of temporary
accommodation
(95%) 
• overall quality of
service received
(96%)
Homeless Services
Manager
Increase in number
of responses,
maintain high levels
of satisfaction,
record any changes
in service delivery
based on feedback.
31 March 2027
2.15 Assess the effectiveness and potential
savings by having in-house team
(porters) carrying out valets at our stock
of temporary accommodation (pilot
initiative run in 2025/26)  
In-house team have
been carrying out valets
instead of contracting
with an private company 
Benefits, efficiency and
any cost savings to be
established
MAPPA & Service
Development Co-
ordinator
Cost / benefit
assessment
completed, and
recommendations
made.
30 September 2026
2.16 MAPPA – establish baseline for time
service users spend in temporary
accommodation and consider how
quicker ‘move-ons’ can be safely
achieved
Establish baseline for
2025/26
MAPPA & Service
Development Co-
ordinator 
MAPPA partners
Reduction in
average time spent
in temporary
accommodation for
MAPPA cases.
31 March 2027
3. Homeless Prevention & Housing Support
3.1 Maximise the % of homeless applicants
provided with housing support
Analysis produced in
April 2026 highlights that
those who
receive/engage with
housing support more
likely to sustain a
tenancy
Homeless Services
Manager Housing
Support Services
Manager
Maintain / increase
proportion of
homeless applicants
engaging with
housing support
31 March 2027 
Page 213 of 290

Page 220

PUBLIC
Ref Action  Baseline at April
2026
Responsible
Officer/
Service
Outcome Timescale
3.2 Track impact of housing support on
tenancy sustainment and repeat
homelessness
Analysis produced in
April 2026 highlights that
those who
receive/engage with
housing support more
likely to sustain a
tenancy
Housing Support
Services Manager
Local housing teams
and RSLs briefed on
role of Housing
Support and positive
impact on tenancy
sustainment 
Assessment
completed on
housing support
resources required
to meet demand
31 December 2026 
31 December 2026
3.3 Encourage a holistic approach to
preventing homelessness through
strengthening community wide advice
on broader housing options and
address public expectations of
accessing social rented housing and
support. 
Sessions for frontline
housing services and
RSL staff on ‘housing
options and homeless
prevention’ planned for
2026. 
HSCP ‘Ask & Act’ pilot
looking at this issue. 
Homeless Services
Manager 
HSCP 
Sessions with
frontline staff carried
out.
31 January 2027
Page 214 of 290

Page 221

PUBLIC
Ref Action  Baseline at April
2026
Responsible
Officer/
Service
Outcome Timescale
3.4 Track repeat homelessness 
Analyse abandoned tenancies including
reasons for abandonment / destination
for those former tenants. 
Review good practice examples from
‘Ask and Act’ pilot projects funded by
Scottish Government to establish
improved ways of working to prevent
homelessness and repeat
homelessness. 
6.2% in 2025/26*
4.9 % in 2024/25 
6.5% in 2023/24
*to be verified 
122 abandoned
tenancies (Council only)
in 2025/26. 
Pilot projects just
commenced
Range of partners
have a role with
these 3 tasks: 
Housing Services 
Homeless Services 
Housing Support 
RSLs 
HSCP 
3rd sector
organisations
Reduction in repeat
homelessness and
number of
abandoned
tenancies. 
Improve
understanding of the
reasons behind
tenants abandoning
tenancies
31 March 2027 
3.5 Monitor the impact of homeless
presentations from private rented sector
128 homeless
applications from PRS in
2025/26
Homeless Services
Manager
Monitoring process
established and any
actions identified.
31 March 2027 
3.6 Assess the feasibility of deploying
family mediation resource(s) to support
the response to youth homelessness
and maximise family reconciliation
opportunities.
Work currently included
within the role of 2 x
Youth Housing Options
Adviser posts
Housing Options &
Homeless
Prevention Co-
ordinator 
Assessment carried
out and
recommendations
made.
31 December 2026
3.7 Submit regular updates to
Communities and Housing Policy
Board
Regular reports and
service updates on
nature/scale of
homelessness issues
submitted to Policy
Board. 
Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager
Regular Policy
Board reports and /
or Service Updates
to be submitted
during 2026 - 2028
First update on Action
Plan to be submitted to
CAH Policy Board in
January 2027 
Page 215 of 290

Page 222

PUBLIC
Ref Action  Baseline at April
2026
Responsible
Officer/
Service
Outcome Timescale
3.8 Complete annual review of RRTP Most recent Annual
Review submitted to
Scottish Government in
summer 2025.
Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager
Annual Review
submitted to Scottish
Government. 
Tbc once advised by
Scottish Government.
3.9 Continue joint working with
Throughcare Services to ensure care
experienced young people are offered
housing options advice in line with the
Throughcare Protocol, and / or they
can easily access Throughcare
Satellite flats to avoid homelessness.
Throughcare Protocol in
place.
Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager 
Children Services 
Review
effectiveness of joint
working
arrangements.
31 March 2027 
3.10 Increase number of ‘Promise Keepers’
across Homeless Services.
1 Promise Keeper Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager
Number of Promise
Keepers increased.
31 March 2027
3.11 Implementation of new ‘Ask & Act’ duty
– assess impact on homeless referrals
and prevention
Housing (Scotland) Bill
introduces Ask & Act
Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager
Impact assessed
and any actions
required identified 
To be set once ‘Ask &
Act’ is rolled out by
Scottish Government
3.12 Review / update hospital discharge
protocol 
Protocol in place Housing Options &
Homeless
Prevention Co-
ordinator 
Area Housing
Manager 
HSCP 
Protocol reviewed
and updated
31 March 2027
3.13 Ensure homelessness / housing
support issues are included in Council’s
‘hoarding’ policy
Housing Support Co-
ordinator has become
member of Officer
Working Group
developing policy in this
area.
Housing Support
Services Manager 
Homelessness and
Housing Support
reflected in
‘hoarding’ policy.
31 March 2027
Page 216 of 290

Page 223

PUBLIC
Ref Action  Baseline at April
2026
Responsible
Officer/
Service
Outcome Timescale
3.14 Review impact of the use of Housing
First approach, and funding sources.
102 households being
supported via Housing
First approach. (WRAP,
NHP, Open Doors, and
in-house team).
Housing Support
Co-ordinator
Maintain high-level
of use of Housing
First approach.
31 March 2027 
3.15 Review impact of Year 1 of New
Harbour Project and Open Doors
initiative (RCA).
New Harbour Project
launched in Mar 2026 
Open Doors - 30 service
users
Housing Support
Services Manager
New Harbour Project
review completed 
Open Doors initiative
review completed 
31 March 2027 
31 October 2026
3.16 Domestic Abuse Policy for Housing
Services (including homelessness) to
be approved and published
Policy drafted for
consultation 
Housing Lead
Officer (Policy,
Performance &
Participation)
Policy approved for
implementation
30 August 2026
4. Future Planning and Service Development
4.1 Commission external review to provide
independent oversight on delivery of
Homeless Services in Renfrewshire,
our Action Plan and assess compliance
arrangements. (see also 4.8)
n/a Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager
External review
undertaken and
associated report
provided
30 November 2026
4.2 Review out-of-hours ‘stand-by’ service
following de-commission of
Thrushcraigs Crescent accommodation
(see 2.6) 
Telephone access to in-
house advice and/or
temporary
accommodation provided
in evenings and
weekends 
MAPPA & Service
Development Co-
ordinator
Review completed
and
recommendations
made 
31 March 2027
Page 217 of 290

Page 224

PUBLIC
Ref Action  Baseline at April
2026
Responsible
Officer/
Service
Outcome Timescale
4.3 Assess changes in demand and impact
on resources, temporary
accommodation etc considering impact
of:
• UK migration policies.
• Suspension of ‘local connection’ 
• SPS early release programme.
• Delivery of new build programmes
for Council and RSLs.
• acquisition of properties
Impact assessments on-
going
Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager
Assessment carried
out 
31 March 2027 
4.4 Review staffing structure in Homeless
Services to ensure sufficient resources
in place 
n/a Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager 
Head of Housing
Services
Review complete
and
recommendations
made 
31 March 2027
4.5 Assess feasibility of migration to new
housing management IT system for
homelessness case management etc
Possible migration to
NEC system now
included in Phase 2 of
HIP project 
Homeless Services
Manager 
Housing Solutions
Manager
Work with HIP
project team to
assess feasibility 
31 January 2027
4.6 Review policy for setting rent charge for
temporary accommodation
Rent setting policy
approved and
implemented from April
2025
Finance Business
Partner 
Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager
Review of rent
charging policy
undertaken 
31 December 2027
4.7 Assess interest in reconvening the
Renfrewshire Homelessness
Partnership
Homeless Partnership
role currently
incorporated within
quarterly Housing
Provider Forum meetings
Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager 
RSLs
Assessment carried
out with partners. 
31 December 2026
Page 218 of 290

Page 225

PUBLIC
Ref Action  Baseline at April
2026
Responsible
Officer/
Service
Outcome Timescale
4.8 Scan what is taking place in other
Scottish local authorities – any lessons
to be learned for Renfrewshire – (see
also 4.1) 
Reviewing other local
authority’s homeless
action plans
Homeless Services
Manager
Scan completed and
any actions
identified added to
Action Plan 
30 September 2026 
4.9 Monitor the increase in supply of social
rented housing and consider how the
affordable housing supply
programme/SHIP/empty homes work
could help address longer term demand
from homelessness. 
Monitoring on-going Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager 
Strategy & Place
Manager
Maximise
opportunities to
increase access to
settled housing for
homeless applicants
30 March 2027 
4.10 Homelessness Action Plan reflected
within Local Housing Strategy and
Service Improvement Plan, and
develop homelessness profile setting
out the extent and nature and trends in
homelessness in Renfrewshire to
inform service provision and the next
LHS/HNDA
Homelessness covered
extensively in current
Local Housing Strategy
and SIP 
Homeless &
Housing Support
Services Manager
and Strategy &
Place Manager 
Action Plan reflected
within LHS and
detailed
homelessness
profile produced
31 October 2026 
Page 219 of 290

Page 226

PUBLIC 
Environment, Housing and Infrastructure
Renfrewshire Council
Renfrewshire House
Cotton Street
Paisley
PA1 1BR 
Page 220 of 290

Page 227

PUBLIC 
___________________________________________________________________
To: Communities and Housing Policy Board
On:  19 May 2026 
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Conclusion of Single Voids Team Pilot
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary 
1.1 The purpose of this report is to provide the Policy Board with a final report on
the work of the Single Voids Team, which was implementing a series of specific
improvement measures. This builds on the interim updates provided to the
Policy Board at its meetings of 29 October 2024 and 19 August 2025.
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations 
It is recommended that the Communities and Housing Policy Board: 
2.1 Note the impact of the Single Voids Team pilot in reducing void numbers, void
rent loss and Average Re-let Times. 
2.2 Note the targets that have been set for 2026–2027.   
2.3 Note the actions taken to make the working practices developed during the pilot
“business-as-usual”.
_________________________________________________________
3. Background 
3.1 During the pandemic the number of void properties increased significantly as a
result of the restrictions in place at the time which effectively stopped repair
works and the letting of homes. The resulting challenges were exacerbated by
a shortage of resources across the construction sector and difficulties in dealing
with utilities suppliers. 
Item 10
CHPB190526 Page 221 of 290

Page 228

PUBLIC
3.2 The Council carried out an end-to-end review of void processes and officers
have since been working to implement a series of specific measures to improve
void performance, through the establishment of a Single Voids Team pilot,
bringing together officers from both Housing Services and Building Services. 
3.3 Key actions and outcomes from the work of the Single Voids Team included:
earlier selection of new tenants based on estimated completion dates for void
works; the introduction of 360o virtual tours of void properties, so that potential
tenants can accept or refuse them more quickly; and a review of the ready-to-
let standard including reducing the extent of decoration work and the provision
of décor packs to incoming tenants to enhance tenant choice in relation to home
décor. 
3.4 A series of performance measures were established for: 
 The numbers of voids; 
 Void rent loss; and
 Average Re-let Time.
Performance is set out in section 4 of this report.
3.5 It was previously agreed that the pilot should continue throughout 2024–2025
and 2025–2026. This report provides an update on void property performance
at the conclusion of the pilot period and sets out how the working practices
developed during the pilot will now be embedded in “business as usual.” 
4. Performance Measures 
4.1  Specific metrics were established and progress was measured on a weekly
basis. They were as follows: 
4.1.1 The number of voids
At 2 April 2024 we had 517 void properties and the outcome at the end of the
second year was 301. As can be seen from Graph 1 below, there was a
significant reduction in the number of Management voids in the first sixth
months of the pilot and a significant reduction in Operational voids in the second
sixth months, allowing an aggregate reduction of 183 in the first year alone. The
reduction in void numbers continued in the second year but was more modest,
at 33. This may be because we have returned to a more normal level of void
numbers. It should be noted, however, that the reduction in average re-let time
– which was the main objective of the Single Voids Team pilot – was even more
marked in the second year than in the first (see 4.1.3 below). 
4.1.2 Void rent loss
In 2023–2024 the void rent loss was 4.45%. and the outcome at the end of the
second year was 2.89%. The long-term planning assumption for 2025–2026
allows for combined void rent loss of 3.35%, reducing to 3.00% in 2026–2027,
and current performance indicates that the service remains on track to deliver
within the assumptions agreed through the long-term HRA budget and
business-planning process.
Page 222 of 290

Page 229

PUBLIC
As can be seen from Graph 2 below, reductions in void rent loss on a week-to-
week basis mirror the reduction in void numbers. The year-to-date figure
reduced steadily throughout the first year and in the second year it has
remained below 3.00%. The figure for void rent loss reported to the Scottish
Housing Regulator – which is related to (but not identical to) the figure for
Operational voids – was 1.30% for the first year and 0.87% for the second year. 
4.1.3 Average re-let time 
Our average re-let time as reported to the Scottish Housing Regulator last
year and in each of the previous five financial years is shown below:
Year Average re-let time (calendar days)
2020–2021 85.7
2021–2022 66.0
2022–2023 60.6
2023–2024 50.4
2024–2025 37.3
2025–2026 28.6 
There were improvements each year from 2020 to 2024 as we emerged from
the pandemic. In both years of the Single Voids Team pilot there have been
further significant improvements in the turnaround time to 37.3 and 28.6  days
respectively, the best performance achieved by Renfrewshire since the current
reporting regime was introduced.   
4.2  We have now set specific targets for 2026–2027. The table below compares
figures achieved in 2023–2024 (prior to the Single Voids Team pilot), 2024–
2025 and 2025–2026 with the targets for the end of 2026–2027:  
Metric 31.03.24
actual
31.03.25
actual
31.03.26
actual
31.03.27
target
Number of voids 517 334 301 288
Void rent loss 4.45% 3.48% 2.89% 2.70%
Average re-let time (days) 50.4 37.3 28.6 35.0 
4.2.1 The number of voids – we aim to reduce overall void numbers to a maximum
of 2.50% of lettable units by the end of the year, which based on current
numbers is 288. This aligns with the target for void rent loss. 
4.2.2 Void rent loss – the target is a maximum of 2.70% for the whole year. This is
10% more ambitious than the Business Plan, which allows for 3.00%. 
4.2.3 Average re-let time – the target is 35.0 calendar days. In the coming year, with
the emphasis on Management voids (see below), it is likely that many properties
will be re-let after a very long void period. While welcome, this drives up the
turnaround time as these periods are only counted when the property is let, not
while it remains void. Consequently, the figure of 28.6 calendar days achieved
in 2025–2026 will be difficult to achieve in the coming year.
Page 223 of 290

Page 230

PUBLIC
Graph 1 – void numbers 
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
02/04/2024
16/04/2024
30/04/2024
14/05/2024
28/05/2024
11/06/2024
25/06/2024
09/07/2024
23/07/2024
06/08/2024
20/08/2024
03/09/2024
17/09/2024
01/10/2024
15/10/2024
29/10/2024
12/11/2024
26/11/2024
10/12/2024
24/12/2024
07/01/2025
21/01/2025
04/02/2025
18/02/2025
04/03/2025
18/03/2025
01/04/2025
15/04/2025
29/04/2025
13/05/2025
27/05/2025
10/06/2025
24/06/2025
08/07/2025
22/07/2025
05/08/2025
19/08/2025
02/09/2025
16/09/2025
30/09/2025
14/10/2025
28/10/2025
11/11/2025
25/11/2025
09/12/2025
23/12/2025
06/01/2026
20/01/2026
03/02/2026
17/02/2026
03/03/2026
17/03/2026
31/03/2026
Operational Management Total
Page 224 of 290

Page 231

PUBLIC
Graph 2 – void rent loss 
-£10,000
£0
£10,000
£20,000
£30,000
£40,000
£50,000
£60,000
08/04/2024
22/04/2024
06/05/2024
20/05/2024
03/06/2024
17/06/2024
01/07/2024
15/07/2024
29/07/2024
12/08/2024
26/08/2024
09/09/2024
23/09/2024
07/10/2024
21/10/2024
04/11/2024
18/11/2024
02/12/2024
16/12/2024
30/12/2024
13/01/2025
27/01/2025
10/02/2025
24/02/2025
10/03/2025
24/03/2025
07/04/2025
21/04/2025
05/05/2025
19/05/2025
02/06/2025
16/06/2025
30/06/2025
14/07/2025
28/07/2025
11/08/2025
25/08/2025
08/09/2025
22/09/2025
06/10/2025
20/10/2025
03/11/2025
17/11/2025
01/12/2025
15/12/2025
29/12/2025
12/01/2026
26/01/2026
09/02/2026
23/02/2026
09/03/2026
23/03/2026
Actual rent lost (Operational, not including Homeless Persons' Unit voids) Actual rent lost (Management voids)
Page 225 of 290

Page 232

PUBLIC
5. Next steps 
5.1 The pilot has been successful in reducing void numbers, void rent loss and
(crucially) Average Re-let Time. Arrangements are now being made to embed
the model within the staffing establishment to ensure performance
improvements are maintained and to continue to drive further efficiencies in the
void process. A new post of Empty Homes Team Manager will lead the team
and will develop and implement a new action plan to drive continued
improvements across the void property process. 
5.2 A key area of focus for future improvements is that of Management voids –
those that cannot immediately be made ready-to-let. The number of
management voids was reduced from 328 on 16 April 2024 to 224 at the end
of the pilot. In order to reduce overall void numbers as planned, it will be
necessary to make further inroads. Officers will finalise and implement an action
plan to drive down the number, including specifically carrying out a value-for-
money exercise in respect of voids in closes which have an unusual
configuration, have structural problems, are in a poor state of repair and/or are
low demand. This exercise will be led by the Empty Homes Team Manager. 
5.3 Updates on void property performance will continue to be provided to the Policy
Board each year.
__________________________________________________________________ 
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial – the creation of an Empty Homes Team represents additional
staffing costs within the Housing Revenue Account. For 2026–2027, it is
proposed that these costs are managed through realignment of the existing void
repairs budget, recognising that this may create pressure if offsetting savings
are not fully realised. As part of the 2027–2028 HRA Business Plan refresh, the
ongoing revenue impact of these posts, alongside the benefits delivered
through improved void performance and reduced rent loss, will be fully
assessed to inform longer-term funding arrangements and ensure alignment
with HRA sustainability. 
2. HR & Organisational Development – a Scheme of Delegation has been
approved and new posts advertised and by the time of the Board meeting
candidates will have been interviewed. 
3. Community/Council Planning –  
• Working together to improve outcomes – the Single Voids Team brings
together and co-locates key personnel from Housing Services and Building
Services so that they can work closely together to improve performance on
void rent loss, void numbers and void turnaround time. 
4. Legal – none. 
5. Property/Assets – none.
Page 226 of 290

Page 233

PUBLIC
6. Information Technology – none. 
7. Equality & Human Rights – the Recommendations contained within this report
have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human rights.
No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of
individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from the
recommendations contained in the report because it is for noting only. If
required following implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations
and the mitigating actions will be reviewed and monitored, and the results of
the assessment will be published on the Council’s website.   
8. Health & Safety – none. 
9. Procurement – all procurements including the proposed contract to carry out
works to bring houses to the Scottish Housing Quality Standard and the use of
the Scotland Excel Framework for Construction Materials “Sub-Lot 4.3 – Paint
& Paint Sundries ONLY – Paint Voucher Scheme and Paint Disposal”
Reference 1422 for the supply of “Décor Packs” to new tenants have been done
in conjunction with Procurement colleagues. The appointments of a supplier of
360o virtual tours were for amounts not exceeding £25,000 were carried out by
the Single Voids Team following a competitive process. In all cases officers
have ensured that the Council meets its statutory requirements, its Standing
Orders Relating to Contracts 1 January 2024, The Procurement (Scotland)
Regulations 2016, The Public Contracts (Scotland) Regulation 2015 and the
Council’s Financial Regulations. 
10. Risk – none. 
11. Privacy Impact – none. 
12. Climate Risk – not applicable. 
13. Children’s Rights – not applicable. 
14. Cosla Policy Position – not applicable.
_______________________________________________________
List of Background Papers
Background Paper 1 – Service Update Report to the Communities and Housing Policy
Board of 16 January 2024.
Background Paper 2 – Single Voids Team Update Report to the Communities and
Housing Policy Board of 29 October 2024.
Background Paper 3 – Single Voids Team Update Report to the Communities and
Housing Policy Board pf 19 August 2025.  
Page 227 of 290

Page 234

PUBLIC
The foregoing background papers will be retained within the Housing Service for
inspection by the public for the prescribed period of four years from the date of the
meeting. The contact officer within the service is Ray Walkinshaw, Housing
Regeneration and Development Manager, telephone 0141-487 2189 or 07483 146814
and e-mail ray.walkinshaw@renfrewshire.gov.uk.
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author: Ray Walkinshaw
ray.walkinshaw@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 228 of 290

Page 235

PUBLIC 
___________________________________________________________________ 
To:                Communities and Housing Policy Board 
On:  19th May 2026
___________________________________________________________________ 
Report by: Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure
___________________________________________________________________ 
Heading: YouDecide Tenant Fund – Year 1 Update
___________________________________________________________________ 
1. Summary 
1.1 The participatory budgeting Tenant Fund was established as part of the
2025/26 to 2027/28 Housing Revenue Account budget which was approved
by the Council in February 2025, where it was agreed that a £600,000
YouDecide Tenant Fund should be established for tenants to decide how this
budget is best spent over the three-year period. 
1.2 Details of the YouDecide Tenant Fund were presented to the Policy Board in
May 2025, and it was agreed an annual update would be provided to the
Board.  This report provides members with information relating to year one of
the YouDecide Tenant Fund, where £150,000 was made available across the
four Local Housing Areas. 
1.3 The report details the stages involved in year one of this fund, how it was
publicised, details of the project ideas submitted and provides more
information on what projects have been successfully voted for by Council
tenants for implementation. 
1.4 The report also outlines the proposed timeline for delivery of Year 2 of the
programme where a further £250,000 is being made available across the four
Local Housing Areas.  
___________________________________________________________________ 
Item 11
CHPB190526 Page 229 of 290

Page 236

PUBLIC
2. Recommendations 
It is recommended that the Communities and Housing Policy Board: 
2.1 Note the content of the report in Section 4 in relation to year one of the
YouDecide Tenant Fund. 
2.2 Note the timeline proposed in Section 6 of this report for the various stages
within Year 2 of the YouDecide Tenant Fund.  
___________________________________________________________________ 
3. Background 
3.1 From a standing start, officers worked across Council services and with Cosla
representatives to design and deliver a comprehensive programme of
marketing material to promote the YouDecide Tenant fund.  This included
posters, leaflets and a YouTube information clip along with social media
activity and training events for staff and elected members.  Information events
for tenants and residents were delivered within various community locations,
including 10 of the 12 Renfrewshire libraries, 2 events in Gallowhill and
numerous events across the Council’s sheltered complexes and multi storey
blocks. 
3.2 With assistance from Cosla, the Consul platform was developed to provide
Renfrewshire Council with their own Participatory Budgeting platform that
improves transparency and builds trust through clear communication of the
project outcomes and next steps. A dedicated page on the Council’s website
was also created to provide further information and a link to the Consul site. 
3.3 The YouDecide tenant team pre-registered all Council tenants and issued a
letter to their home address with a dedicated username and password for
them to access the online portal. All elected members and a number of
officers across Housing Services were also pre-registered to allow them to
participate and assist residents as necessary. These logins remain effective
and can be used throughout years one to three of this initiative.  Any new
tenancies commenced since year one logins were created, have been issued
with a dedicated log in, similarly tenancies ended have had their accounts
disabled and tenants who have moved from one Local Housing Area to
another have had their account amended to allow them to participate in the
area they now live within. 
3.4 In recognition that not all tenants and residents are digitally enabled and to
increase participation and awareness of the Participatory Budgeting (PB)
programme, further processes were established to ensure support was in
place for those who required additional assistance. This included in person
help to complete online submissions or checking and completing the paper
forms for input into the system. The information was also made available in
other languages on request. 
Page 230 of 290

Page 237

PUBLIC
4. Year One Overview 
4.1 Each of the four Local Housing areas were allocated an equal split of the
£150,000 made available for year one projects. The project submission phase
opened on 10th November 2025 for six weeks. Posters and leaflets were
delivered to each local housing team and YouDecide officers carried out a full
week of events across Renfrewshire libraries to increase project awareness.
Officers across Housing Services, including the activity coordinators in the
sheltered housing complexes and multi storey blocks, further assisted this
awareness raising, supporting tenants to have a stronger sense of ownership
and see local empowerment in action until the submission phase closed on
21st December 2025. 
4.2 A total of 72 project ideas were submitted during the submission window. 30
of these met the essential criteria and went through to the tenant vote stage of
the process when tenants were then able to vote for their favourite projects
between 16th February and 15th March 2026. 
4.3 This vote was only open to Council tenants who could use their voting power
within their local housing area, up to the value of £37,500. The dedicated
email mailbox handled direct enquiries in relation to the YouDecide Tenants
project including the reissuing of tenant log in details where they had been
misplaced or a reminder was required to allow tenants to vote. 
4.4 To encourage tenants to vote, further events took place across Renfrewshire
libraries and within multi storey blocks and sheltered complexes. Monitoring
information from the Council’s web page shows that from creation in mid-2025
up to 15th March 2026, 629 users viewed the page with 518 of those classed
as active users, meaning some users viewed the page multiple times. 
4.5 The list below highlights the general content of the projects submitted for
consideration in year one: 
• Waste and Bin Management: Statements proposed creating new,
designated storage areas and upgrading existing bin sheds to improve
accessibility, tidiness, and overall waste management for communal
areas.
• Internal Communal Area Maintenance: Statements regarding internal
communal areas called for comprehensive cleaning and painting of closes
to improve liveability. The conversation also focused on safety and
security enhancements, such as installing stair grippers and upgrading
entry doors, while highlighting significant difficulties in carrying out repairs
within mixed-tenure buildings.
• External Maintenance and Landscaping: The discussion on external
maintenance and landscaping centered on improving the visual appeal
and usability of garden areas and improving them with new plants and
upgraded amenities to create more pleasant and functional outdoor
spaces.
Page 231 of 290

Page 238

PUBLIC
• Parking and Vehicle Access: The conversation about parking and
vehicle access focused on strategies to increase the number of available
spaces by converting underused land. Statements also suggested
improving the management of existing car parks with clearer line markings
and signage.
• Paths and Pedestrian Access: Statements on paths and pedestrian
access identified safety and accessibility issues, including some surfaces
in disrepair. The conversation proposed creating new paths and repairing
existing ones to ensure safe passage for residents, particularly children,
the elderly, and wheelchair users.
• Community Amenities: The discussion on community amenities centered
on enhancing shared spaces to improve social connection and practicality.
Statements proposed upgrading outdoor social areas with new seating,
creating accessible community spaces, and adding aesthetic features like
art displays and seasonal decorations. 
4.6 Following a successful voting stage, 16 of the 30 projects were voted in by
Council tenants for delivery throughout 2026. This includes:  
• Seven projects which involve improvements to existing bin areas or an
upgrade to include new designated bin areas to improve waste
management and disposal. Some of these projects also include changes
to the existing bin types and schedules in consultation with Waste
Services.
• Three projects will see improvements to communal closes. This includes a
full industrial clean and fresh painting where necessary. 
• Four projects focus on improvements to communal gardens and outdoor
areas. This includes creating patio areas for seating, planters and
accessible pathways to garden areas.
• One project will improve car parking arrangements with the space lining of
three car parking areas which are held on the Housing Revenue Account.
• One project will provide a community notice board on housing land which
will be managed by the local tenants and residents’ association, in
conjunction with the local primary school. 
4.7 It is envisaged that the request for quote process for projects under £25,000
will be followed as far as possible to source local suppliers for the delivery of
the small works projects voted in for year one. In preparation of this, the
YouDecide team attended a recent CPU organised supply chain event which
was well attended and provided the opportunity for local suppliers to hear
about the programme and the work opportunities that could arise from it. All
winning projects for year one will be delivered throughout 2026 with promotion
of these works used to highlight delivery progress and increase year 2 tenant
engagement. 
Page 232 of 290

Page 239

PUBLIC
4.8 The 14 projects that met the criteria but were not voted for by tenants in year
one of the fund can be resubmitted for year two. The submitter has the option
to update, amend and split larger project ideas into smaller submissions if
they feel this may be more beneficial in year two of the voting process. The
YouDecide team will reach out to these tenants/residents to discuss their
options in this regard. 
4.9 The YouDecide Tenant Fund year one also received 42 submissions that did
not meet the essential criteria. Examples of this were matters for routine
repairs and other areas of Environment and Infrastructure that have been
assigned to those service areas to attend to.   
5. Year 1 Review 
5.1 As this is a wholly new programme and way of delivering small scale
investment and improvement projects for our tenants, a review of the first
year, including a ‘lessons learned’ exercise will be undertaken by officers.
Input to this process will be sought from both elected members and tenant
representatives to look back at year one and understand what worked well
and what could be done differently as we embark on year two of the
programme. 
5.2 In reviewing the first year of the programme, feedback will be sought to
identify ways of encouraging more tenant participation in year two.  It is
anticipated that once some year one projects have been delivered, these can
be used as examples to promote the programme, demonstrating the potential
benefits within communities and giving tenants ideas for their own areas. 
5.3 A review of the findings will be discussed with the Tenant Scrutiny Panel who
have been instrumental in working with officers to ensure the programme is
being delivered transparently and as envisaged at the outset. A similar
‘lessons learned’ exercise will be carried out again at the end of year two, to
assess if any changes in our approach were successful and if further review is
to be merited. 
6. Year Two Timeline   
6.1 Having established the processes from year one of the fund, it is anticipated
that the second year could commence earlier with a longer project suggestion
and voting period. To ensure further engagement and increased participation
by tenants, officers will in addition to enhanced communication efforts,
approach TRAs and other local community groups to increase the number
and range of project ideas for Year 2 of the fund.   
Page 233 of 290

Page 240

PUBLIC
6.2 The indicative timeline for Year 2 of the fund is set out below: 
• Idea Submission period June – September for 12 weeks.
• Review and costing phase September – November for 8 weeks.
• Voting phase November to January 2027 for 8 weeks.
• Voting review phase January 2027 for 2 weeks.
• Winners announced at end of January 2027.
• Project delivery from February 2027. 
6.3  Further regular updates on the YouDecide programme will be provided to the
board as part of the Service Update report, with an annual update provided in
May 2027 for Year 2 of the fund.
___________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial – Funding for the YouDecide Tenant Fund was agreed as part of
the 2025/26 multi-year rent increase and totals £0.600m over the period
2025/26 to 2027/28 (£0.150m, £0.250m and £0.200m respectively).
Expenditure will be recognised in the financial year in which projects are
completed, with budget profiles reviewed and adjusted as required to reflect
delivery, while remaining within the approved funding allocation. 
2. HR & Organisational Development – None 
3. Community/Council Planning – 
• Our Renfrewshire is fair - giving tenants the opportunity to highlight and
vote for project ideas that will benefit the safety, security and enjoyability of
HRA land and buildings in their area. 
• Reshaping our place, our economy and our future – Using participatory
budgeting in this way gives the power to tenants to choose how they would
like to see this fund spent. 
4. Legal – There may be a requirement for some title checks to ensure the
project submissions meet the essential criteria of being within HRA
ownership. 
5. Property/Assets – Projects approved for delivery will enhance the property or
land surrounding it. 
6. Information Technology – There was no requirement for Council ICT
support with regard to the YouDecide Fund, however, there was a
requirement in year one to establish the Consul website for Renfrewshire
Councils use, this will continue into future years with other areas of the
Council expected to also use and benefit from the Consul platform. 
Page 234 of 290

Page 241

PUBLIC
7. Equality & Human Rights - 
(a) The Recommendations contained within this report have been assessed in
relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No negative
impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’
human rights have been identified arising from the recommendations
contained in the report.  If required as implementation continues, the
actual impact of the recommendations and the mitigating actions will be
reviewed and monitored, and the results of the assessment will be
published on the Council’s website.   
8. Health & Safety - None 
9. Procurement – The projects voted for by tenants will be taken through the
Request for quote process where each project is under £25,000. This process
will as far as possible, look to source local suppliers for the delivery of the
small works projects. In preparation of this, the YouDecide team attended a
recent CPU organised supply chain event which was well attended and
provided the opportunity for local suppliers to hear about the programme and
the work opportunities that could arise from it. 
10. Risk – There is a risk that the momentum and delivery of the identified
projects gather increased support and desire from tenants to continue the
participatory budgeting process beyond the 3 years approved for the project.   
11. Privacy Impact – None.   
12. Climate Risk – None.   
13. Children’s Rights - None. 
14. Cosla Policy Position – The YouDecide Tenants Participatory Budgeting
project has been created and delivered with ongoing support and assistance
from Cosla.
___________________________________________________________________ 
List of Background Papers
(a)  Background Paper 1 Report to Council, Housing Revenue Account Budget &
Rent Levels 2025/26 to 2027/28 and Housing Capital Investment Plan
2025/26 to 2029/30, 27 February 2025.
(b) Report titled Participatory Budgeting ‘Tenants Decide’ Fund to Communities
and Housing Policy Board, 13 May 2025. 
The foregoing background papers will be retained within Housing Services for
inspection by the public for the prescribed period of four years from the date
of the meeting.  The contact officer within the service is Jennifer Murdoch,
jennifer.murdoch@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
___________________________________________________________________
Author: Jennifer Murdoch
Email: jennifer.murdoch@renfrewshire.gov.uk
Page 235 of 290

Page 242

Page 236 of 290

Page 243

PUBLIC 
___________________________________________________________________ 
To:  Communities and Housing Policy Board 
On:  19 May 2026
___________________________________________________________________ 
Report by: Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure
___________________________________________________________________ 
Heading: Housing Revenue Account (HRA) Acquisitions and Disposals -
Update 2026
___________________________________________________________________ 
1. Summary 
1.1 This Policy Board has previously approved a number of reports setting out
policies in relation to both the disposal and acquisition of properties held on
the Housing Revenue Account. 
1.2 This is the second annual report which provides an update on progress on
acquisition and disposal of properties held under the Housing Revenue
Account in the financial year 2025/26.
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations 
It is recommended that the Communities and Housing Policy Board: 
2.1 Note the progress made to date in the acquisition and disposal of properties
held under the Housing Revenue Account. 
2.2 Note that further updates on this topic will be provided on an annual basis.
___________________________________________________________________ 
Item 12
CHPB190526 Page 237 of 290

Page 244

PUBLIC
3. Background 
3.1 The Housing and Community Safety Policy Board on 13 May 2014 approved
the ‘Single Council Dwellings in Larger Common Blocks’ policy. An amended
policy was approved by this Policy Board on 16 August 2022. The purpose of
this policy is to identify blocks where the Council has a minority ownership
interest and accordingly will encounter greater difficulties when seeking to
bring forward improvement works for the benefit of its tenants due to a failure
of a majority of private owners to consent to the works.   
3.2 A number of properties that have become naturally vacant within blocks
where the Council has a minority interest have been marketed for sale on the
open market. Each last in the block property that becomes naturally vacant
has been reviewed by a working group of officers who then make
recommendations to either invest, retain and relet or sell each property. The
proceeds of these disposals are then reinvested, together with available
Scottish Government grant finance, in the acquisition of additional residential
properties within Renfrewshire that it is considered would meet a particular
demand need or consolidate the Council’s ownership within mixed tenure
blocks. 
3.3 The purpose of this report is to provide a further annual update on the
progress made on these disposals in line with the ‘Single Council Dwellings in
Larger Common Blocks’ policy and acquisitions made in parallel as part of the
Council’s Acquisition Policy. 
3.4 In this financial year, 13 properties have been sold in accordance with the
disposal policy between 1st April 2025 and 31st March 2026. A breakdown of
disposals by locality is contained in Table 1 below. 
Table 1 - Disposals by Local Neighbourhood Area 
Neighbourhood No. Properties Property Type/Size
Paisley North 2 1 x 1 bed flat and
1 x 2 bed flat
Paisley South 6 3 x 1 bed flats and
3 x 2 bed flats
Renfrew and Gallowhill 4 1 x 1 bed flat and
3 x 2 bed flats 
Johnstone and villages  1 1 x 2 bed flat
Total 13 
3.5 In this financial year, 20 properties have been acquired in accordance with the
acquisition policy as at 31st March 2026. Four of these were acquired with the
tenant in situ, following an update to the acquisition scheme as approved by
this board in May 2025. All 20 acquisitions have been supported by grant
finance from the Scottish Government and receipts from the proceeds of last
in the block sales. A breakdown of these acquisitions by locality is contained
in Table 2 below. 
Page 238 of 290

Page 245

PUBLIC
Table 2 - Acquisitions by Local Neighbourhood Area  
Neighbourhood No. Properties Property Type/Size
Paisley North 8 3 x 1 bed flats,
4 x 2 bed flats,
1 x 2 Maisonette flat. 
Paisley South 4 1 x 1 bed flats, 
1 x 2 bed flat, and 
2 x 2 bed houses. 
Renfrew and Gallowhill  1 1 x 1 bed flats 
Johnstone and villages 7 1 x 1 bed bungalow,
3 x 1 bed flats, and
3 x 2 bed flats. 
Total 20 
3.6 All potential buy backs are assessed prior to being approved for acquisition as
to their suitability and any works required to bring them up to the relevant
lettable standards. Particular attention has been paid this year to acquisitions
within regeneration areas where this would increase the Councils majority
position or give full ownership to allow investment works to be progressed. 
3.7 In addition to the acquisitions set out above, the regeneration team have
further agreed 10 more acquisitions at this time, including 4 in Renfrew, 1 in
Paisley and 5 in Johnstone but given that these are not scheduled to settle
until into the next financial year, they will feature in next years’ annual report. 
3.8  All sold properties are approved in advance for disposal by an officer working
group. Properties identified for sale tend to be in blocks where the Council
have been unable to reach owner agreement to proceed with larger
investment programmes, where the Council have a lack of demand for the
type, size or location of property or where the cost to deliver required
investment does not demonstrate value for money for the Housing Revenue
Account (HRA). 
3.9 Since the implementation of both policies, each year to date, has delivered a
net increase in the number of lettable properties within the Councils stock.
This has a positive impact in terms of addressing need from our housing
waiting list, reducing homelessness (new tenant in situ process) and the
increased delivery of repairs/maintenance and larger investment programmes.   
3.10 Further updates will be provided to the Policy Board annually on the progress
of disposal of ‘last in the block’ properties and parallel acquisitions.
___________________________________________________________________ 
Page 239 of 290

Page 246

PUBLIC
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial – Acquisitions are funded through a mix of disposal receipts and
Scottish Government grant support. Each potential purchase — whether
vacant or with a tenant in situ — must demonstrate a clear fit with the
Council’s Acquisition Strategy and meet all relevant Scottish Government
grant criteria, ensuring decisions remain value for money and aligned to
strategic priorities. 
2. HR & Organisational Development – None 
3. Community/Council Planning –  
• Our Renfrewshire is well – Increasing Council ownership in mixed tenure
blocks will increase the likelihood of energy efficiency measures being
delivered which will bring about health benefits and energy savings to an
increased number of tenants. 
• Building strong, safe and resilient communities – The acquisition and
Disposal strategy allows for effective management and future maintenance
of Council properties where we are the full or majority owner. 
4. Legal – Conveyancing required in relation to acquisition of private housing
and disposal of Last in the block properties. 
5. Property/Assets – the implementation of both policies as outlined in this
report has to date led to a net increase in available lettable properties. 
6. Information Technology – None. 
7. Equality & Human Rights - The Recommendations contained within this
report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human
rights. No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of
individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from the
recommendations contained in the report. If required, following
implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations and the mitigating
actions will be reviewed and monitored, and the results of the assessment will
be published on the Council’s website.   
8. Health & Safety – None 
9. Procurement – Estate Agency services have been procured through a
negotiated tender while a framework of providers is being developed. 
10. Risk – There is a risk that some areas may experience a higher number of
disposals to the number of acquisitions achievable on the open market in any
given year. This will be monitored annually to ensure no adverse impact on an
overall neighbourhood’s stock basis in the longer term. 
11. Privacy Impact – None  
Page 240 of 290

Page 247

PUBLIC 
12. Climate Risk - Investment in Council assets improves energy efficiency,
reducing the Council’s carbon footprint and helping it towards the Net Zero by
2030 target. 
13. Children’s Rights - None 
14. Cosla Policy Position – None 
_______________________________________________________
List of Background Papers 
(a) Report to Housing and Community Safety Policy Board, 13 May 2014, ‘Single
Council Dwellings in Larger Common Blocks’
(b) Report to Communities, Housing and Planning Policy Board, 20 August 2019,
‘Acquisition of Private Housing’
(c) Report to Communities and Housing Policy Board, 16 August 2022, ‘Last-in-
the-block Sale and Acquisition Policy’
(d) Report to Communities and Housing Policy Board, 13 May 2025, ‘Housing
Revenue Account (HRA) Acquisitions and Disposals – 2025’ 
The foregoing background papers will be retained within Housing Services for
inspection by the public for the prescribed period of four years from the date of the
meeting.  The contact officer within the service is Jennifer Murdoch, Housing
Regeneration Manager, 07811 053038, jennifer.murdoch@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author: Jennifer Murdoch, Housing Regeneration Manager 
Email: jennifer.murdoch@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 241 of 290

Page 248

Page 242 of 290

Page 249

PUBLIC 
___________________________________________________________________ 
To:  Communities and Housing Policy Board 
On:  19 May 2026
___________________________________________________________________ 
Report by: Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure
___________________________________________________________________ 
Heading: Private Sector Housing Investment Programme 2026/27
___________________________________________________________________ 
1. Summary 
1.1 On 26 February 2026 the Council approved a report entitled “Non-Housing
Capital Investment Programme, Prudential Framework and Treasury
Management Strategy 2026/27 – 2035/36 which includes funding provision for
capital and revenue Private Sector Housing Grant (PSHG) expenditure for
2026/27. 
1.2 Based on the Council budget approval and considering the most up to date
expenditure projections, this report updates the programme requirements for
the period 2026/27 to support owner participation on a range of programmes. 
1.3 As noted by the Communities, Housing & Planning Policy Board on 12 March
2019, there are funds held in reserve to support owners involved in the
Orchard Street Housing Renewal Area tenement refurbishment project. This
project is now coming to its conclusion and draw down of these funds is
expected during 2026/27. 
1.4 There is a requirement to manage the PSHG resources in a flexible manner in
terms of the drawdown of funds, to reflect the timing of the settlement of final
accounts associated with owners in the Housing Investment and Housing
Regeneration Programmes.
___________________________________________________________________ 
Item 13
CHPB190526 Page 243 of 290

Page 250

PUBLIC
2. Recommendations 
It is recommended that the Communities and Housing Policy Board: 
2.1 Approve the Private Sector Housing Grant Investment Programme for the
period 2026/27 as set out in Appendix 1.
___________________________________________________________________ 
3. Background 
3.1 The Private Sector Housing Grant supports a range of services to private
sector owners.  This includes Disabled Adaptation grants, support costs for
Care & Repair Renfrewshire, support for homeowners involved in Council
Housing Investment and Regeneration Programmes involving common works
carried out as part of external works programmes. 
3.2 Appendix 1 sets out the proposed programme for 2026/27 showing proposed
expenditure of £1.083m. The key elements of the proposed programme
currently are as follows: 
(i) Adaptation Grants (Assistance to older and disabled owners) 
The Council provides grant to assist owners with adaptations to make
dwellings suitable for a member of the household who is disabled. 
Responsibility for determining the strategy for support for disabled
adaptations across all tenures (excluding Housing Associations) is the
responsibility of Renfrewshire Health & Social Care Integration Joint
Board. 
The Council is required by legislation to provide a minimum of 80% grant
support to homeowners referred by HSCP, Occupational Therapy
Services.     
In the past year there has been a reduction in the number of requests for
grant support. However, it is anticipated that an annual allowance of
£550,000 to support the delivery of private sector adaptations will be
required in the coming year. 
The Council, in conjunction with Health & Social Care is continuing to
monitor demand pressures on available grant during the year. 
Page 244 of 290

Page 251

PUBLIC
Bridgewater Housing Association (Care & Repair Renfrewshire) have been
managing the delivery of private sector adaptation installations under the
current contract since April 2024. This contract will end in March 2027 and
arrangements are being developed to retender these works to manage
private sector adaptations and small repairs services in Renfrewshire and
East Renfrewshire Councils.   
An annual allowance of £248,000 is included within the budget for
Renfrewshire’s costs associated with the management of this contract by
Bridgewater Housing Association. 
(ii) Housing Investment Programme 
Since achieving compliance with the Scottish Housing Quality Standard
(SHQS) in April 2015, there has been an ongoing requirement to ensure
our housing stock continues to be maintained.   
The Housing Investment Programme includes common works in blocks of
mixed ownership in regeneration and other areas and accordingly the
PSHG programme will continue to support future external improvement
works in mixed tenure blocks and offer grant to homeowners involved in
these programmes. 
A window replacement programme has commenced across seven of the
eight regeneration areas during the past year as well as external
improvements in eight blocks in the Auchentorlie and Howard Street
areas. This external work will continue in the coming year in the Waverley
Road and Howwood Road areas where enhanced grant support is being
offered to participating private homeowners in mixed tenure blocks
following approval by the Communities & Housing Policy Board on 7
March 2023. 
Energy efficiency grants also continue to be made available to eligible
households through the Scottish Government’s EES: ABS (Home Energy
Efficiency Programme Scotland) programme and the Energy Company
Obligation (ECO) scheme. An update has previously been reported to
Board on 19th August 2025. 
A number of other private homeowners outwith the regeneration areas will
also be consulted on a range of similar external programmes in the coming
year. 
Page 245 of 290

Page 252

PUBLIC
An allowance of £100,000 is proposed to support grants to homeowners
during 2026/27.  As noted within this report, uncertainties around the exact
timing of projects and the application of grants to owners will require
programme flexibility to be maintained with this and future years. 
(iii) Salaries 
Salaries for staff engaged on private sector housing investment within the
Owner Services Team are funded through this budget. The annual
allowance of £175,000 is included, reflecting the structure within the staff
grouping responsible for delivery of the grants programme and including
agreed pay settlements. 
The Private Sector Housing Grant also part funds the Council’s, More
Homes Officer post.  Private Sector Housing Grant is also funding one
Energy Advocate post within the Council’s Energy Management Unit,
providing information on non-Council grants and loans to private
homeowners. 
(iv) Support to Private Rented Sector/ Miscellaneous Fees 
An allowance of £10,000 is included to fund training events for private
landlords undertaken in partnership with Landlord Accreditation Scotland. 
These events are currently delivered online and in person, with an in
person one taking place in October 2025 which was attended by 66
landlords and covered a wide range of topics including the Council’s
housing investment programme, managing common repairs and the
Housing (Scotland) Bill 2024. 
Another in person Landlord Forum event will be arranged towards the end
of 2026 and annually thereafter.   
These funds are also used to support membership of Scotland’s Housing
Network and the Under One Roof organisations who provide online
training and networking meetings for Council Officers. 
3.3 The nature of the Private Sector Housing Investment Programme means that
flexibility is required to adjust spend between projects during the financial year
for a number of reasons, for example due to differences between the
estimated and actual grant required once the test of resources is applied to
individual owners, slippage In projects, difficulties securing the participation of
some owners, increased demand for private sector adaptations to ensure that
full spend is achieved and thus best use is made of the resource available.
___________________________________________________________________
Page 246 of 290

Page 253

PUBLIC
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial - The PSHG programme for 2026/27 totals £1.083 million 
2. HR & Organisational Development - None 
3. Community/Council Planning –  
• Our Renfrewshire is thriving – the support offered to private owners will
help improve housing conditions making Renfrewshire a great place to
live. 
• Our Renfrewshire is well – the support provided to older and disabled
owners will help enable people to live healthier, for longer in their own
homes. 
• Reshaping our place, our economy and our future – investment in the
refurbishment of housing stock will create jobs and contribute to the
economy. 
4. Legal - None   
5. Property/Assets - None 
6. Information Technology - None 
7. Equality & Human Rights - 
(a) The Recommendations contained within this report have been assessed in
relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No negative
impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’
human rights have been identified arising from the recommendations
contained in the report.  If required following implementation, the actual
impact of the recommendations and the mitigating actions will be reviewed
and monitored, and the results of the assessment will be published on the
Council’s website.   
8. Health & Safety - None 
9. Procurement - None 
10. Risk - None 
11. Privacy Impact - None 
12. Climate Risk - Grant funding to private homeowners to support their
participation in housing investment programme works will help improve
energy efficiency in privately owned properties, which will contribute to
residents using less energy, thus reducing emissions. 
Page 247 of 290

Page 254

PUBLIC
13. Children’s Rights – N/A
14. Cosla Policy Position – N/A
___________________________________________________________________ 
List of Background Papers 
1. Report to Communities & Housing Policy Board on 7 March 2023 – Proposed
change to scheme of assistance in regeneration areas. 
2. Report to Council on 26 February 2026 – Non-Housing Capital Investment
Programme, Prudential Framework and Treasury Management Strategy and
Capital Strategy 2026/27 – 2035/36. 
The foregoing background papers will be retained within Communities & Housing
Services for inspection by the public for the prescribed period of four years from the
date of the meeting.   
The contact officer within the service is Barbara Morgan, Mixed Tenure Manager
07483 380797, barbara.morgan@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author:          Barbara Morgan, Mixed Tenure Manager
Email: barbara.morgan@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 248 of 290

Page 255

PUBLIC
APPENDIX 1 
PROPOSED PRIVATE SECTOR HOUSING PROGRAMME 2026/27 
Category 2026/27
Adaptation Grants  £550,000
Care & Repair – Revenue Support – Contracted   £248,000
Capital Programmes – Owners Grants  £100,000
Capitalised Salaries  £175,000
Miscellaneous Costs (including support for the
private rented sector)  £10,000
Total  £1,083,000 
Page 249 of 290

Page 256

Page 250 of 290

Page 257

PUBLIC 
___________________________________________________________________ 
To:  Communities and Housing Policy Board 
On:  19th May 2026
___________________________________________________________________ 
Report by: Director of Housing, Environment and Infrastructure and 
Director of Finance and Resources
___________________________________________________________________ 
Heading: Standard Security and Payment Arrangements to Support Owner
Participation in Mixed‑Tenure Housing Investment 
1. Summary 
1.1 The Council continues to deliver a wide range of housing investment and
improvement programmes, including works to common parts in mixed-tenure
blocks both within and outwith designated housing regeneration areas.
Collectively, these programmes are focused on improving the quality, safety,
energy efficiency and sustainability of the housing stock, supporting climate
objectives, and contributing to the wider regeneration and resilience of
Renfrewshire’s communities. 
1.2  The participation of private owners, including owner-occupiers and private
landlords, in mixed-tenure blocks is critical to maximising the effectiveness
and long-term impact of these investment programmes. Experience from
consultation completed or ongoing across regeneration areas, as well as
delivery through other housing improvement and common-works
programmes, has highlighted that additional assistance or incentives could
support higher levels of private-owner participation. Without such
interventions, there is a risk of reduced take-up, incomplete works, and
diminished outcomes for residents and the Council’s wider housing
investment objectives. 
1.3 Between 2010 and 2015, the Housing and Community Safety Policy Board
authorised the use of standard securities to support private owners
participating in Scottish Housing Quality Standard (SHQS) common works.
Initially, eligibility was limited to works exceeding £10,000; however, as grant
funding reduced costs to owners, the financial thresholds were subsequently
reduced and ultimately removed.
Item 14
CHPB190526 Page 251 of 290

Page 258

PUBLIC
A standard security is a legal document most commonly used for mortgages
and secured loans, which is formally registered in the Land Register of
Scotland.  The availability of standard securities was well received by private
owners and proved effective in securing participation in SHQS common works
from owners who would otherwise have been unable or unwilling to proceed. 
1.4 This report seeks authority to extend the use of standard securities to current
housing investment programmes where similar challenges are arising due to
financial constraints affecting private owner participation. In combination with
other measures, including the introduction of interim invoicing arrangements,
this approach is expected to increase private owner engagement, enable
additional blocks to proceed to investment, and reduce the number of blocks
currently excluded from improvement programmes.
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations 
It is recommended that the Communities and Housing Policy Board: 
2.1 Authorise use of standard securities for owners of property in mixed tenure
blocks that are subject to investment programmes to increase owner
participation where necessary and in line with agreed budget provisions. 
2.2 Note the revised operational payment arrangements that will be put in place to
support owner participation as set out in section 4 of the report.  
___________________________________________________________________ 
3. Background 
3.1 The Council’s housing investment activity supports the maintenance and
improvement of Council‑owned housing and mixed‑tenure blocks across
Renfrewshire, with a particular focus on complying with regulatory standards
such as the Scottish Housing Quality Standard (SHQS) and the Energy
Efficiency Standard for Social Housing (EESH). Investment is targeted
primarily at works to the external fabric and shared common areas of
buildings, including closes, backcourts, bin stores and recycling facilities,
which are critical to meeting SHQS standards and safeguarding the long‑term
condition, safety and sustainability of the housing stock. 
3.2 The proposed extension of the use of standard securities, alongside the
procedural improvements set out in Section 4 of this report, is intended to
address the well‑established delivery challenges associated with
mixed‑tenure ownership, where non‑participation by private owners can
prevent the Council from completing common works in full. 
Page 252 of 290

Page 259

PUBLIC
3.3 The Council’s ongoing housing investment programmes are also intended to
deliver substantial improvement across mixed tenure housing stock
throughout Renfrewshire. Experience from both regeneration and wider
housing investment programmes has highlighted consistent challenges in
securing owner participation, often due to the financial implications associated
with common works. In response, financial processes and support
mechanisms are being further developed to extend the range of payment
options open to owners and to maximise participation levels across the
investment programme.  
3.4 In January 2015, the Housing and Community Safety Policy Board approved
the use of standard securities to support private owners participating in
Scottish Housing Quality Standard (SHQS) common works. This enabled the
Council to meet owners’ costs upfront and secure recovery against the
property. This allowed a flexible, case-by-case approach to maximise owner
participation while safeguarding the Council’s ability to recover costs on sale,
transfer or remortgage. 
3.5 As with the previous arrangements approved in connection with SHQS
common works, the use of standard securities would continue to provide
targeted assistance to eligible private owners by enabling the Council to meet
their share of approved works upfront. The Council’s costs would be secured
against the owner’s property and recovered in accordance with an agreed
repayment plan, with recovery additionally supported by settlement on the
sale or transfer of the property, thereby supporting participation while
protecting the Council’s upfront financial investment. 
4. Repayment Arrangements 
4.1 The Head of Housing Services in consultation with the Director of Finance
and Resources, will establish and implement procedures that will allow private
owners within mixed-tenure blocks to be issued with an initial invoice at an
earlier stage in the works programme. 
4.2 To recognise the significant costs associated with participation in enhanced
investment programmes, the Council will issue an initial invoice following
consultation and agreement with owners, rather than on completion of works.
This will enable owners to begin making payments earlier and spread costs
over a longer period. Officers will also continue to provide guidance and
support to private owners and, where appropriate, signpost other forms of
financial assistance. 
4.3 A final account will be issued on completion of the works, with any payments
made to date credited accordingly. The Council’s standard debt- recovery
processes will apply following the issue of the final invoice, with the amended
invoicing approach intended to support affordability and reduce repayment
risk, rather than alter existing recovery arrangements. 
Page 253 of 290

Page 260

PUBLIC
4.4 The extended repayment period would operate alongside existing assistance
arrangements.  Private owners would continue to be eligible for Private Sector
Housing Grant and any applicable energy-related funding, with repayment
arrangements applying only to the residual liability after all available grant
assistance has been considered. 
4.5 As an extension of the authority approved in relation to SHQS common works
in 2015, eligible private owners may grant a standard security in favour of the
Council, alongside a tailored repayment plan underpinned by the operational
arrangements outlined above.  Any individual arrangement would require
approval by the Head of Housing Services, in consultation with the Director of
Finance and Resources. Standard securities would be granted on a voluntary
basis only by the registered owner or owners, subject to there being no title
restrictions preventing the granting of such security and would rank
subordinate to any existing security or mortgage over the property. 
4.6 The use of Standard Security for these types of debts provides the Council
with the following protections: 
• the debt is secured against the property;
• title cannot transfer without settlement; and
• recovery can be enforced on sale, remortgage, succession or estate
closure. 
This approach materially reduces the risk of non-recovery associated with
owner contributions and positively supports earlier collection in some cases.
___________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report
1. Financial - The Housing-Led Regeneration and Renewal and HRA Capital
Investment Programmes are funded through financially sustainable borrowing
within the Housing Revenue Account (HRA), supported by the 30-year HRA
Business Plan. The introduction of a standard security mechanism to support
private owner participation does not increase the overall capital cost of the
programme. 
While short-term repayment patterns may vary, the registration of a standard
security provides a high degree of long-term recoverability, with full settlement
enforceable on sale, transfer, remortgage or succession. This is consistent
with established practice under existing Schemes of Assistance and Missing
Share powers. In line with prudent financial management, provision for bad
debt risk will be reflected within the HRA Business Plan, recognising that
arrears may arise during repayment periods, but with high ultimate recovery
rates due to the secured nature of the debt. All legal, registration and
administration costs will be recoverable from private owners where
appropriate and in accordance with the proposed policy framework,
supporting cost neutrality over the life of each agreement.  
Page 254 of 290

Page 261

PUBLIC
2. HR & Organisational Development – None 
3. Community/Council Planning –
• Our Renfrewshire is well – this investment programme is contributing to
improved wellbeing and quality of life for residents.
• Our Renfrewshire is thriving – this investment programme will deliver a
diverse range of economic and community benefit packages over the
lifetime of the project.
• Our Renfrewshire is safe – ensuring our neighbourhoods are safe and
attractive places to live. 
4. Legal - Work will be required on the negotiation, registration and subsequent
discharge of standard securities granted in line with this authorisation and, if
necessary, in relation to debt recovery. 
5. Property/Assets - There is the potential for further mixed tenure blocks to be
added to the improvement programme to increase the impact these works will
make to tenants, residents and the wider communities they are within. 
6. Information Technology - None 
7. Equality & Human Rights - The Recommendations contained within this
report have been assessed in relation to their impact on equalities and human
rights. No negative impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of
individuals’ human rights have been identified arising from the
recommendations contained in the report. If required following
implementation, the actual impact of the recommendations and the mitigating
actions will be reviewed and monitored, and the results of the assessment will
be published on the Council’s website. 
8. Health & Safety - None 
9. Procurement - A Procurement Strategy has been developed to ensure the
delivery of the investment, demolition and newbuild programmes include
locally deliverable community benefits from each contract. 
10. Risk - The Investment and Housing-Led Regeneration and Renewal
Programmes both have active risk registers which consider various risks
including those relating to financial matters as referred to in the implications
section of this report. Both risk registers are monitored and regularly updated
throughout the delivery of both works programmes. They have been updated
recently to include risk of default of any payment arrangements entered into in
relation to this report. 
11. Privacy Impact - None 
12. Climate Risk - Delivery of the investment programme will contribute towards
meeting the Council’s targets on climate change. 
13. Children’s Rights - None
Page 255 of 290

Page 262

PUBLIC 
14. Cosla Policy Position - None
___________________________________________________________________ 
List of Background Papers 
Report to the Communities, Housing and Planning Policy Board, 20 August 2024,
‘Housing-led Regeneration and Renewal Programme for Renfrewshire – Year 3
Update’. 
Report to the Communities, Housing and Planning Policy Board, 7 March 2023,
‘Private Sector Housing Grant – proposed change to Scheme of Assistance in
Housing Regeneration Areas’
Report to the Communities, Housing and Planning Policy Board, 15 March 2022,
‘Housing-led Regeneration and Renewal Programme for Renfrewshire’.
Report to the Communities, Housing and Planning Policy Board, 18 January 2022,
‘Housing-led Regeneration and Renewal Programme for Renfrewshire’.
Report to the Communities, Housing and Planning Policy Board, 18 May 2021,
‘Housing-led Regeneration and Renewal Programme for Renfrewshire’.
Report to Council, 17 December 2020, ‘Housing-led Regeneration and Renewal
Programme for Renfrewshire’   
Report to Housing and Community Safety Policy Board, 20 January 2015, ‘Scottish
Housing Quality Standard – Financial Review and Update’ 
The foregoing background papers will be retained within Housing Services for
inspection by the public for the prescribed period of four years from the date of the
meeting.  The contact officer within the service is Jennifer Murdoch, Housing
Regeneration Manager, 07811 053038, Jennifer.murdoch@renfrewshire.gov.uk
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author: Jennifer Murdoch, Housing Regeneration Manager
Email: jennifer.murdoch@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 256 of 290

Page 263

PUBLIC
___________________________________________________________________
To:  Communities & Housing Policy Board
On:  19th May 2026
___________________________________________________________________
Report by: Chief Executive
___________________________________________________________________
Heading: Surplus declaration of land at Arkleston Road, Paisley 
___________________________________________________________________
1. Summary
1.1 The purpose of this report is to declare land at Arkleston Road, Paisley
surplus to requirements. The land is held on the HRA account.
1.2 The site location is shown on the attached plan E3703.
___________________________________________________________________
2. Recommendations
2.1 It is recommended that Board declares the land at Arkleston Road, Paisley
shown on the attached plan surplus to requirements to then enable its sale to
Scottish Power for the purposes of installing a new substation.
___________________________________________________________________
3. Background
3.1 The Finance, Resources & Customer Services Policy Board on 23rd
November 2023 awarded a Works Contract to McTaggart Construction
Limited for a new build Council housing development at Gallowhill West,
Paisley.
3.2 It has only recently been determined that an upgrade to the electricity supply
is necessary to facilitate this new Council housing development. Discussions
have taken place with Scottish Power, and in principle it has been agreed that
the best location for a new substation is as outlined on the attached plan
Item 15
CHPB190526 Page 257 of 290

Page 264

PUBLIC
E3703. It has also been agreed that the purchase price shall be £1.00 (if
asked) and that each party shall bear their own legal and professional
expenses incurred in the transaction.
___________________________________________________________________
Implications of the Report
1. Financial – None.
2. HR & Organisational Development – None.
3. Community/Council Planning – None.
4. Legal – Disposal of land required.
5. Property/Assets – Disposal of land required.
6. Information Technology – None
7. Equality & Human Rights
The Recommendations contained within this report have been assessed in
relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No negative impacts
on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’ human rights
have been identified arising from the recommendations contained in the
report.  If required following implementation, the actual impact of the
recommendations and the mitigating actions will be reviewed and monitored,
and the results of the assessment will be published on the Council’s website.
8. Health & Safety – None.
9. Procurement – None.
10. Risk – None.
11. Privacy Impact – None.
12. Climate Risk – not applicable.
13. Children’s Rights – not applicable.
14. Cosla Policy Position – not applicable.
List of Background Papers – 
Report to Finance, Resources & Customer Services Policy Board on 23rd November
2023.
___________________________________________________________________
Author:    Andrew Smith
Email – andrew.smith@renfrewshire.gov.uk
Page 258 of 290

Page 265

IArkleston Road, Paisley
Disposal Plan Ref. E3703
Notes:
Date: 18/03/2026User: howardhaughj2
Scale: 1:1,250
Legend
Area to be sold to SP Energy Networks - 25 sqm or thereby
Right of access in favour of SP Energy Networks © Crown copyright and database rights 2026.  Licence number AC0000815792.
Page 259 of 290

Page 266

Page 260 of 290

Page 267

PUBLIC 
___________________________________________________________________ 
To: Communities and Housing Policy Board 
On: 19 May 2026
___________________________________________________________________ 
Report by: Director of Environment, Housing and Infrastructure
___________________________________________________________________ 
Heading: Prevent Update 2026
___________________________________________________________________ 
1. Summary 
1.1 This report provides an update a number of key areas of work overseen by
the Community Protection (Prevent) Steering Group and includes information
and updates in relation to Counter Terrorism. 
1.2 Prevent is part of the UK Government’s Counter Terrorism Strategy which is
known as CONTEST. The overall aim of the strategy is to reduce the risk from
terrorism to the UK, it’s citizens and interests overseas, so that people can go
about their lives freely and with confidence. 
1.3 The aim of Prevent is to stop people becoming radicalised and supporting
terrorism. This also supports rehabilitation and disengagement of those
already involved in terrorism. 
1.4 This provides a framework to allow multi-agency working from a variety of
sectors including NHS, educational settings, the Scottish Prison Service and
community justice services. 
1.5 All local authorities in Scotland have a legal duty to deliver Prevent in their
area. This includes oversight for Prevent delivery in schools, care settings,
through health and social care partnerships and community justice services. 
1.6 Renfrewshire Council work with partners to encourage early intervention to
protect the public, prevent crime and promote strong integrated communities.   
Item 16
CHPB190526 Page 261 of 290

Page 268

PUBLIC
1.7 The council also has a duty to manage a process to help people who are at
risk of being drawn into terrorism or violent extremism. In Scotland these are
known as Prevent Multi-Agency Panels.
___________________________________________________________________ 
2. Recommendations 
It is recommended that the Communities and Housing Policy Board: 
2.1 Notes the content of the report and that regular updates on any changes in
the PREVENT landscape will be reported back to future Policy Boards.
___________________________________________________________________ 
3. Background 
3.1 Prevent is one of the four pillars of the UK’s counter-terrorism strategy,
Contest. The overall aim of the strategy is to reduce the risk from terrorism to
the UK, it’s citizens and interests oversees so that people can go about their
lives freely and with confidence.  Prevent is about stopping people from
becoming terrorists or supporting terrorism. It sits alongside long-established
safeguarding duties on professionals to protect people from a range of other
harms, such as substance abuse, involvement in gangs, and physical and
sexual exploitation. Prevent seeks to intervene early and ensure that people
who are susceptible to radicalisation to terrorism are supported as they would
be under safeguarding processes.  
3.2 Prevent aims to: 
• Tackle the ideological causes of terrorism,
• Intervene early to support people susceptible to radicalisation, and
• Enable people already engaged in ideological beliefs to disengage and
rehabilitate. 
This also provides a framework to allow multi-agency working from a variety
of sectors including NHS, colleges, universities, education services, the
Scottish Prison Service and community justice services. 
3.3 Whilst it is recognised that the PREVENT space does not have the same
scale of challenge that other parts of the United Kingdom do it is important
that local authorities continue to play an active role in this field. The numbers
below need to be seen in the wider UK context which is significantly more
challenging than the position in Scotland. 
The council has a duty to manage a process to help people who are at risk of
being drawn into terrorism or violent extremism. In Scotland these are known
as Prevent Multi-Agency Panels (PMAPS). In Renfrewshire the following
investigations took place in 2025:  
Page 262 of 290

Page 269

PUBLIC
• REFRACT Logs: A total of 27 REFRACT intelligence logs relating to
individuals or incidents were recorded in the first half of the year (14 in Q1;
13 in Q2). The "logs" refer to the standard police intelligence logs where
information relating to specific counter-terrorism operations is recorded.
These records are part of the intelligence management process used to
submit, evaluate, and disseminate information while ensuring an audit trail. 
• Operational Status: While intelligence monitoring remained high, the
group confirmed there were 8 Prevent investigations in Renfrewshire
during the reporting period. 
• Referral Trends: The PMAP caseload has seen an increase from 5 cases
in 2024 to 8 cases in 2025. 
3.4  When a PMAP case concludes, it typically means that the individual is no
longer considered at immediate risk of being drawn into terrorism or
radicalisation. There are three options which are considered when closing a
case: 
• Conclusion: The panel creates an exit plan to ensure the person has
ongoing support, where required, from services like school, GP, or social
work, moving away from specialist counter-terrorism intervention. 
• Final review: A formal review is usually conducted at the point of closure
to document the progress made and the reduction in risk levels. Police
provide closure document for records. 
• Follow-up checks: Standard procedure involves a 6-month and 12-month
review after the case is closed to ensure the individual hasn’t slipped back
into vulnerable patterns. 
There are currently 4 live cases with a further 4 cases still open to 6 & 12
month reviews. 
3.5 Training and Capacity Building 
Renfrewshire’s Prevent Steering Group successfully expanded the reach of
Prevent and Counter-Terrorism (CT) training across several sectors: 
• Law Enforcement: Completed a series of Prevent and CT inputs for all
police officers in K Division. 
• Education and Care: Training delivered to staff at The Good Shepherd
and Kibble.
o Specific inputs provided regarding "Incels" in childcare settings.
o Prevent presentations delivered to head teachers. 
Page 263 of 290

Page 270

PUBLIC
• Third Sector/Private Sector: CT awareness and PREVENT training
arranged for Blue Triangle staff.
o Mail handling security inputs coordinated with West College Scotland
(WCS) via a Counter Terrorism Security Advisor (CTSA). 
• Major Events: A dedicated CONTEST Day was held on August 26, 2025,
at St Mirren Park, focusing on Prevent, Protect, and Martyn’s Law. 
4. National and Scottish Threat Level 
4.1  The UK National Threat Level remains at SUBSTANTIAL – an attack is likely.
The UK threat continues to be dominated by self-initiated terrorists. The threat
level system reflects the threat posed by all forms of terrorism, irrespective of
ideology. 
4.2 Scotland continues to face high and sustained counter-terrorism demand, with
Pursue activity at its highest level in five years and Prevent referrals rising by
42% in 2024–25, now 60% above the five-year average. This reflects
increasing pressure across police and partner agencies, driven by global
geopolitical instability, polarisation, and the growing use of emerging
technologies such as AI to support radicalisation and extremist propaganda.
Casework is increasingly complex, with evolving safeguarding challenges
requiring robust multi-agency responses. 
4.3 There is a notable and concerning rise in Children and Young People (CYP)
engaging in CT-relevant activity. CYP can present a credible violent extremist
threat, with Extreme Right-Wing Terrorism (ERWT) the dominant ideology,
followed by Islamist extremism. Recent convictions of youth offenders
underline the seriousness of this risk and the need for early identification and
intervention, particularly through education, policing and family awareness. 
4.4 The Islamist terrorism threat remains high, primarily from self-initiated actors
using low-sophistication attack methods, with international events—especially
in the Middle East—continuing to act as grievance drivers. ERWT remains a
consistent and credible threat, increasingly characterised by mixed ideologies,
fixation on violence, misogyny and online-driven radicalisation, particularly
among CYP. 
4.5 Other threats include continued fundraising activity linked to the PKK
(Kurdistan Workers Party) and Northern Ireland-related groups, while left-wing
and single-issue terrorism remains low-level. The proscription of Palestine
Action has led to increased protest-related activity and terrorism legislation
breaches in Scotland, with potential for further escalation depending on legal
outcomes. 
Page 264 of 290

Page 271

PUBLIC
5. Prevent Duty Assurance 2025  
5.1 As part of the Prevent duty refresh, the Home Office and Scottish Government
have updated the assurance process to help ensure that local authorities are
delivering their statutory Prevent duty in line with the Prevent duty guidance.
The new assurance process outlines the six benchmarks Prevent delivery is
measured against and includes suggested examples of good and best
practice. It is designed for local authorities to assure themselves via a self-
assessment that they are effectively delivering their statutory duty. 
5.2 As part of the process the following strengths were identified as part of our
Prevent delivery for financial year 2024/25: 
• Senior oversight and Prevent partnership – there are strong
governance structures in place to ensure the Local Authority senior
management is well informed and Prevent features in multiple
organisational and multi agency forums allowing for appropriate reporting. 
• Training – Prevent training is mandatory for all staff and hosted on the
Local Authority learning platform ensuring the workforce is aware of their
statutory duty.  To date 6,807 Renfrewshire Council employees have
completed the Prevent Awareness Training. 
• Referral pathway – there is clear information available to staff about how
to put a referral in utilising internal web pages and an external webpage to
direct members of the public on how to report concerns. This includes
contact details for the Local Authority. 
5.3 The process also identified the following actions/recommendations to assist in
improving Prevent delivery, namely: 
• Risk assessment – to develop the written situational risk assessment to
address national, regional and local risks and introduce an action plan to
set out how the Local Authority and partners will mitigate any risk
identified. A new risk assessment has been developed and is included at
Appendix 1. 
• Reducing permissive environments – to engage with venue hire
staff/facilities management to provide awareness of Prevent and consider
an approach to due diligence at the point of booking. One Ren have
updated their venue hire policy.  The policy has been developed alongside
updated hire forms and refreshed T&Cs to reflect additional diligence
checks and enhanced information captured. 
• Education and Young People – to ensure each school has a designated
point of contact within their staff who has enhanced knowledge of Prevent
and the referral pathway. This action has been addressed within Childrens
Services. 
___________________________________________________________________
Page 265 of 290

Page 272

PUBLIC
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial - None   
2. HR & Organisational Development - None 
3. Community/Council Planning – 
• Our Renfrewshire is safe – The Prevent Programme is essential to ensure
that are communities are protected from the risk of terrorism so that
people can go about their lives freely and with confidence. 
4. Legal - None 
5. Property/Assets - None 
6. Information Technology - None 
7. Equality & Human Rights 
(a) The Recommendations contained within this report have been assessed in
relation to their impact on equalities and human rights. No negative
impacts on equality groups or potential for infringement of individuals’
human rights have been identified arising from the recommendations
contained in the report. If required following implementation, the actual
impact of the recommendations and the mitigating actions will be reviewed
and monitored, and the results of the assessment will be published on the
Council’s website.   
8. Health & Safety - None 
9. Procurement - N/A 
10. Risk - None 
11. Privacy Impact - N/A 
12. Climate Risk - N/A 
13. Children’s Rights - N/A 
14.  Cosla Policy Position - N/A
___________________________________________________________________ 
List of Background Papers 
None
___________________________________________________________________ 
Author: Gwyneth Heaney, Senior Manager, Climate and Public Protection
Email:  gwyneth.heaney@renfrewshire.gov.uk 
Page 266 of 290

Page 273

PUBLIC
Appendix 1
Situational Assessment: Counter-Terrorism Risk in Renfrewshire (2025–2026)
1. Executive Summary
This document provides a robust situational assessment of Counter-Terrorism (CT) risk within the
Renfrewshire local authority area, fulfilling statutory requirements under the Counter-Terrorism and
Security Act 2015. Its primary objective is to identify localised risk factors to inform the Renfrewshire
& Inverclyde CONTEST Board and assist partners in prioritizing Prevent activity.
Current intelligence indicates that Extreme Right-Wing Terrorism (ERWT) remains the predominant
local threat. While Islamist terrorism maintains a lower local footprint, it remains a national priority.
Emerging risks, including Incels, misogynistic influencers, and Mixed, Unclear or Unstable (MUU)
ideologies (referenced as LASIT in national reporting), represent persistent challenges for youth-
facing services.
Each recommendation within this assessment is assigned a lead service area. Delivery will be
supported through service‑level Single Points of Contact (SPOCs), coordinated centrally via the
Council Prevent Coordinator. 
2. Geographical and Demographic Context
2.1 Regional Overview
Renfrewshire encompasses approximately 101 square miles (261 km²) within the west central
Lowlands of Scotland. The area is bordered by the River Clyde to the north, Inverclyde to the west,
East Renfrewshire to the south, and Glasgow to the east. The landscape is a complex mix of high-
density urban centres—primarily Paisley, Johnstone and Renfrew—and rural surroundings including
Kilbarchan, Bridge of Weir, and Lochwinnoch. Natural features such as Castle Semple Loch and the
river systems of the Gryfe, Black Cart Water, and White Cart Water present unique considerations for
public space management.
2.2 Population and Vulnerability Metrics
As of 2024, the population stands at 189,170.
• Age Structure: 16.8% are aged 0–15, 64.1% are aged 16–64, and 19% are 65 or older.
• Diversity: The population is 94.5% White, 2.7% Asian, 1.3% Black, 0.9% Mixed, and 0.6%
Other.
Item 16
CHPB190526 Page 267 of 290

Page 274

PUBLIC
• Disability: Approximately 24.8% of the population identifies as having a disability to some
extent (11.8% "a lot"; 13% "to some extent"). 
3. Transport and Connectivity
Renfrewshire acts as a critical hub for regional and international transit, which necessitates
heightened vigilance regarding the Protect and Prepare strands of CONTEST.
• Aviation: Glasgow Airport, situated within the authority, offers over 130 destinations and is
a primary piece of critical national infrastructure. It presents unique travel-related risks and
increased security pressures.
• Rail Infrastructure: 
o Paisley Gilmour Street is the fourth busiest station in Scotland, serving as a gateway
to Glasgow, Ayrshire, and Inverclyde.
o Paisley Canal Railway Station serves as a terminal station on the Paisley Canal Line,
providing a direct rail link between southern Paisley and Glasgow City Centre.
o Johnstone, Howwood and Lochwinnoch park and ride facilities service a significant
number of residents on the main lines to Gilmour Street. 
• Road Connectivity: The M8 motorway bisects the area, linking Renfrewshire to Edinburgh
and Greenock, while the Erskine and Renfrew Bridges provide strategic crossings north
across the Clyde.
• Future Development: The AMIDS South project and ongoing bridge and active travel
investments continue to increase the accessibility and footfall within the region. 
4. Threat Landscape Analysis
4.1 Extreme Right-Wing Terrorism (ERWT)
ERWT is the primary threat in the area, characterised by a permissive environment fuelled by online
harms and real-world propaganda such as stickering and graffiti. Vulnerability is particularly high
among youths. Attack methodologies are likely to involve low-sophistication tactics, such as the use
of bladed or blunt-force weapons.  
Page 268 of 290

Page 275

PUBLIC
4.2 Islamist Terrorism
While local Prevent referrals remain low, the national threat level remains significant. Any local
manifestation is most likely to involve self-initiated actors utilising low-sophistication methods.
4.3 Emerging Threats: Incels and Misogyny
There is a growing concern regarding misogynistic influencers and "Incel" culture. While these often
sit below the legal threshold for terrorism, they contribute to cumulative harm and increase the
vulnerability of young males to radicalisation. 
5. Risk Matrix and Vulnerabilities
THREAT AREA LIKELIHOOD (1–5) IMPACT (1–5) RISK SCORE
RIGHT-WING EXTREMISM 4 4 16 – High
ISLAMIST TERRORISM 2 4 8 – Medium
COMMUNITY TENSIONS 3 3 9 – Medium
INCELS/MISOGYNY 2 2 4 – Low
MUU 1 2 2 – Low 
Key Vulnerability Points
• Educational Institutions: Schools, colleges, and universities are primary sites for Prevent
engagement.
• Secure Residential Care: Kibble and Good Shepherd are identified as specific points
requiring tailored support.
• Public Events: Large-scale events require enhanced protective security planning to mitigate
mass-casualty risks. 
Page 269 of 290

Page 276

PUBLIC 
6. Recommendations
Goal Lead Support Notes
Prevent Single Point of
Contact (SPOC)
All services N/A Each service will formally nominate a named Prevent Single
Point of Contact (SPOC) responsible for coordinating
Prevent-related activity, acting as the initial point of
professional advice, and escalating concerns where
appropriate. The SPOC role will include maintaining awareness
of local Prevent risk, safeguarding thresholds, and referral
pathways. SPOC arrangements will be reviewed annually, or
sooner where there is structural change, emerging risk, or
changes to service delivery models.
Propaganda Disruption Community Safety /
CCTV
Housing, Education,
Police Scotland
Clear reporting and response pathways are in place for the
identification, recording, and removal of extremist or
terrorism-related propaganda across online and physical
environments. This includes graffiti, stickers, leaflets, posters,
and online content linked to council-owned or managed assets.
Activity will be coordinated between Community Safety, CCTV,
Housing, Education, and Police Scotland to ensure
proportionate disruption, rapid intelligence sharing, and
safeguarding-led responses rather than enforcement-led action
where appropriate.
Statutory Training Education & Social Work HR / Third Sector Mandatory Prevent awareness training is provided in line with
statutory guidance, with particular emphasis on staff working
with children, young people, and vulnerable adults. Training
focuses on recognising early indicators of radicalisation,
understanding local risk factors, and knowing how to respond
and record concerns proportionately. Refresher training and
targeted briefings will be provided where risk increases or
service roles change. 
Page 270 of 290

Page 277

PUBLIC
Goal Lead Support Notes
Event Security Events / Licensing / Civil
Contingencies
Community Safety,
Police Scotland
Proportionate protective security planning is in place for public
and licensed events, informed by local threat assessments and
risk profiles. This includes consideration of crowd
management, access control, emergency response procedures,
and liaison with Police Scotland where required. Prevent and
protective security considerations are embedded within event
planning processes, ensuring measures are scalable and
commensurate with event size, location, and audience profile.
Partnership Governance Community Safety /
Prevent
All specified authorities Multi-agency Prevent partnership governance arrangements
are established to provide strategic oversight, information
sharing, and assurance. A quarterly Prevent steering group will
report into the CONTEST Board, providing updates on risk,
activity, referrals, training coverage, and emerging issues.
Governance structures support consistency, accountability,
and alignment with wider safeguarding and community safety
arrangements.
Risk Assessment Review Renfrewshire Prevent
Steering Group
All partners This Prevent risk assessment will be reviewed on an annual
basis to ensure it remains current, proportionate, and reflective
of the local threat picture. Interim reviews will be undertaken
where there is a significant change in risk, following serious
incidents, or where intelligence indicates increased
vulnerability to radicalisation or terrorist activity. Actions and
outcomes will be recorded and reported through established
governance routes.
Martyn’s Law Renfrewshire Prevent
Steering Group
Licensing / Events Team
/ Civil Contingencies /
Property and Asset
Management /
Education
Ensure preparatory arrangements are in place to align with the
requirements of the Terrorism (Protection of Premises) Act
(Martyn’s Law). This includes raising awareness of protective
security responsibilities among relevant services, identifying
qualifying premises and events, and embedding proportionate
protective security measures and emergency preparedness into
existing risk management processes. Work will remain aligned
with national guidance as implementation phases are
confirmed, ensuring readiness without disproportionate
burden on services or partners. 
Page 271 of 290

Page 278

Page 272 of 290

Page 279

PUBLIC                     
___________________________________________________________________ 
To:  Communities and Housing Policy Board 
On:  19th May 2026
___________________________________________________________________ 
Report by: Chief Executive
___________________________________________________________________ 
Heading: Community Funding Update
___________________________________________________________________     
1. Summary 
1.1 A report is submitted to the Communities and Housing Policy Board each
cycle which sets out officer recommendations in relation to a number of
specific community funding mechanisms including the Sustainable
Communities Fund and the Villages Investment Fund.  An officer panel meets
on a monthly basis to assess applications received in advance of this report
being submitted. 
1.2 As Elected Members will be aware, the guidance for both the Sustainable
Communities Fund and Villages Investment Fund was updated in winter
2024/25, and formally approved by the Leadership Board on 19 February
2025. Applications for both funds was relaunched and are considered in line
with the refreshed guidance and processes. 
1.3 Recommendations relating to these applications are set out in sections 4 and
5 for Elected Member consideration and summarised within Appendix 1 of this
report. 
1.4 Regular reports in relation to community funding applications will continue to
be developed and submitted to the board for consideration.   
2.  Recommendations 
2.1  It is recommended that members of the Board: 
• Approve the recommendations detailed in Section 4 and summarised in
Appendix 1 of this report, in relation to applications received to the
Sustainable Communities Fund and Villages Investment Fund. 
Item 17
CHPB190526 Page 273 of 290

Page 280

PUBLIC
3.  Background 
3.1 To strengthen oversight of funding recommendations made in relation to a
number of specific Council funding streams, the Policy and Partnerships
service now submits a community funding paper to each cycle of the
Communities and Housing Board.  This includes recommendations from
officers in relation to funding awards through the Greenspaces Fund, Villages
Investment Fund and the Sustainable Communities Fund. This has been
supported by the establishment and development of a cross-service officer
panel which provides corporate oversight of grant applications in advance of
making recommendations for elected members to consider. 
4 Sustainable Communities Fund – Recommendations  
4.1 The aim of the Sustainable Communities Fund is to support infrastructure and
place-based projects across all areas of Renfrewshire which improve the lives
of local people and build resilient communities. 
4.2 In line with the revised guidance approved by the Leadership Board in
February 2025, the Sustainable Communities Fund uses a tiered funding
model to reflect different-sized community projects as well as the varying
levels of support required at different stages of development as follows: 
Level of funding Overview
Applications up to £9,999 Applications for both capital and revenue funding aimed at
enabling small community projects to be undertaken, for
example, the purchase of small pieces of equipment,
community engagement initiatives, volunteer development
programmes. 
Applications between
£10,000 and £24,999
Applications for both capital and revenue funding focused
primarily on costs to enhance community infrastructure, for
example, feasibility studies, business/project plans for
community asset transfer, and project management costs. 
Applications above
£25,000 up to a max of
£100,000
applications invited for capital costs only aimed at
supporting communities that aspire to take ownership or
redevelop land or buildings in their local communities. 
4.3 A cross service officer panel met in March and April 2026 to assess
applications against the refreshed guidance. 
4.4 In summary the panel recommends that the following applications are
approved: 
• Award £10,000 to Pachedu to carry out a structural survey for the former
Falcon Day Centre, Paisley 
• Award £9,780 to Friends of Barshaw Park for a feasibility study to assess
the restoration and reuse of the Behind the Wall courtyard and terrace
buildings in Barshaw Park, Paisley. 
Page 274 of 290

Page 281

PUBLIC
4.5      A further two applications have been recommended to be deferred to allow for
further clarification and work to be carried out by officers. These applications
are detailed in Appendix 1. 
4.6      An application from Renfrew YMCA for project activities relating to summer
holiday provision for young people is not recommended for award, as the
panel did not consider this to be eligible as per the fund guidance. 
4.7 The Sustainable Communities Fund currently has £254,586 of funding
available for future allocation (£103,384 capital and £151,202 revenue), not
including the recommendations detailed within this report. 
5. Villages Investment Fund 
5.1 The Villages Investment Fund supports investment in infrastructure and place-
based projects supporting and strengthening the identity, heritage,
uniqueness and integrity of villages across Renfrewshire.  Supported projects
are required to demonstrate tangible outcomes for our communities. 
5.2 In line with the guidance, projects should have a core focus on: 
• Making physical and environmental improvements to villages across
Renfrewshire
• Promoting sustainable community use of spaces across villages
• Increasing levels of external funding being attracted into Renfrewshire to
develop spaces and infrastructure across villages
• Encouraging the development of new partnerships across villages 
5.3      £151,269 remains available to support future applications made through the
Villages Investment Fund, which is broadly split 60% capital 40% revenue. 
Implications of the Report 
1. Financial – Section 4 of the report sets out the recommendations for funding
awards and the balance remaining within the Sustainable Communities Fund
prior to any decisions taken by board.  The balance remaining in the Villages
Investment Fund is also detailed at section 5.3. 
2. HR & Organisational Development – none. 
3. Community/Council Planning – community funding supports engagement
and collaboration with local communities on a range of activities which align
with the new Council Plan 2022-2027; Our Renfrewshire Community Plan
and/or Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net Zero.   
4. Legal - none. 
5. Property/Assets – there are a number of applicants to this fund seeking to
pursue community asset transfers, and where there are relevant property or
asset issues these are covered as part of discussions at the officer panel. 
Page 275 of 290

Page 282

PUBLIC 
6. Information Technology – none. 
7. Equality and Human Rights – the Recommendations included within this
report are considered to have a positive impact on equality and human rights.
The fund continues to attract applicants seeking to make community assets
more accessible for communities. 
8. Health and Safety – none. 
9.  Procurement – none. 
10. Risk – none. 
11.  Privacy Impact – none. 
12. Climate Risk – the Sustainable Communities Fund aligns with the themes
within Renfrewshire’s Plan for Net Zero and the delivery of relevant projects
will assist the local response to the climate emergency. 
13.      Childrens Rights – while there are no specific children’s rights implications
associated with the recommendations, there are applications in the pipeline
which seek to widen opportunities for children and young people to actively
participate within their communities. 
14. COSLA Policy Position – none. 
Appendix 1: Summary of applications with Officers recommendations
___________________________________________________________________ 
List of Background Papers:
Sustainable Communities Fund Guidance 
Author:   Laura McIntyre, Head of Policy and Partnerships 
Page 276 of 290

Page 283

PUBLIC 
Appendix 1– Sustainable Communities Fund 
APPLICATIONS RECOMMENDED FOR AWARD
Name of
organisation
Project description Tier Grant
Application
Amount
Recommended Award  Comments 
Pachedu  Structural Survey for Falcon Day Centre 
Pachedu is seeking £10,000 from Renfrewshire Council’s
Sustainable Communities Fund to commission a full
structural survey and comprehensive building condition
survey of the Falcon Day Centre in Paisley. The building is
currently progressing through the Community Asset Transfer
(CAT) process and is intended to become a Multicultural
Community Hub serving diverse communities and wider
communities across Renfrewshire. 
The proposed surveys will provide essential professional due
diligence to assess the building’s structural integrity and
overall condition before Pachedu assumes responsibility for
the asset. The project will involve appointing a structural
engineer and a RICS-accredited building surveyor to assess
the building’s fabric, roof condition, drainage systems,
windows, masonry and other key structural components. 
The surveys will identify priority repair requirements, assess
potential risks and establish indicative cost ranges for
refurbishment and long-term maintenance. This information
Small £10,000 £10,000 
Page 277 of 290

Page 284

PUBLIC
will form the foundation of a planned redevelopment
strategy and sustainable asset management plan. 
Friends of
Barshaw Park 
Feasibility Study - Walled Garden  
This project will deliver a feasibility study to assess the
restoration and reuse of the Behind the Wall courtyard and
terrace buildings in Barshaw Park. Friends of Barshaw Park
will work with architects to undertake a site review, options
appraisal and concept design drawings (2D and 3D) exploring
potential uses for the buildings and courtyard. The study will
also include a feasibility narrative and outline costs to
understand the scale of future restoration works. Alongside
this, Friends of Barshaw Park will develop an outline business
model and community engagement framework.  
Volunteers have identified challenges caused by the lack of
secure storage and sheltered workspace, while the buildings
behind the garden wall continue to deteriorate. Feedback
from visitors and volunteers has highlighted a strong interest
in restoring the area and bringing it back into community use.
Community involvement will continue throughout the
feasibility study through engagement with volunteers,
park users and local partners to help shape the future use of
the site. 
Small  £9,780 £9,780 
Page 278 of 290

Page 285

PUBLIC
RECOMMENDATIONS TO DEFER APPLICATIONS
Name of
organisation
Project description Tier Grant
Application
Amount
Recommended Award  Comments
Houston &
Killellan Men’s
Shed
This project aims to create a safe, warm and fully accessible
purpose-built workshop and meeting space as the main hub
of Shed, Church Groups and community
organisations/activities. Funding will allow for a feasibility
study to be undertaken to identify the best options available
to benefit the Shed, Church and community. The space will
be available year-round for members and other organisations
to meet in a secure, welcoming environment.  
This funding will pay for a structured feasibility study that
gathers robust evidence, stakeholder insight and practical
analysis to inform future development for not only the Men's
Shed as well as the Church and wider community. Key
activities will include research, consultation with relevant
partners and community groups, and assessment of potential
delivery models, costs and benefits. 
Small £10,000 Defer  Application is recommended
to be deferred to allow for
further work with the
organisation regarding
ownership and lease
arrangements for the
proposed piece of land. 
KLAS Care CIC  Feasibility Study - KLAS Care Neurodivergent Centre of
Excellence (Johnstone) 
KLAS want to offer a safe community space for ASN children,
to facilitate social inclusion and community cohesion, and to
combat anti-social behaviour. The feasibility study will assess
the viability, demand, sustainability and strategic positioning
of the proposed service. 
Small  £5,500 Defer Application is recommended
to be deferred, to allow for
further work to explore
alternative funding routes for
this work. 
Page 279 of 290

Page 286

PUBLIC
The overall project will bring a centre of excellence that will
provide a safe environment for stay and play, respite, family
support programmes and parent workshops. Alongside this
the centre will provide a welcoming space for the community
to meet and organically grow this space in line with the
community need.   
APPLICATIONS NOT RECOMMENDED FOR AWARD
Name of
organisation
Project description Tier Grant
Application
Amount
Recommended Award  Comments 
Renfrew YMCA Project Activities  
The project will deliver weekly after-school and holiday
workshops for children aged 8–11, focusing on confidence,
teamwork, and community awareness. Young people aged
16–25 will benefit from mentoring and employability support,
including CV workshops, interview preparation, and
volunteering opportunities. In addition, four community
events will be held to promote wellbeing, encourage
intergenerational engagement, and strengthen local social
connections.
Small £9,342 £0 This project is not eligible for
this fund, as it is focussed on
recurring revenue costs. 
The organisation have been
directed to alternative
funding sources. 
Page 280 of 290

Page 287

PUBLIC    
_________________________________________________________________________  
To:   Communities and Housing Policy Board   
On:   19th May 2026
_________________________________________________________________________    
Report by:  Chief Executive
_________________________________________________________________________    
Heading:  Connected Communities – Six Month Progress Report
_________________________________________________________________________   
1. Summary
1.1. The Council’s Connected Communities team delivers a range of
services across Renfrewshire which aim to improve outcomes for local
people and communities. These services are a core element of the work
of our local Community Learning and Development Partnership, and in
delivering on the priorities which are set out in our Community Learning
and Development Partnership Plan.  
1.2. Regular Connected Communities Service updates have been included
within the wider service updates at each board.  Section 4 of this paper
provides an overview of high-level activity across our Connected
Communities team over the past 6 months, aligned to the priorities of
Renfrewshire’s Community Learning and Development Partnership
Plan. 
1.3. Section 5 of the paper highlights key priorities for the service over the
course of the next 6 months. 
________________________________________________________________________
2. Recommendations    
2.1 It is recommended that Elected Members:
• Note the content of the report
________________________________________________________________________
3. Background
3.1. As reported to the Leadership Board in February 2025, a key
transformation priority for the organisation over the next 3-5 years will be
Item 18
CHPB190526 Page 281 of 290

Page 288

PUBLIC
the development of the Connected Communities model and approach,
which at its heart, will aim to strengthen the relationships that the
Council has with local communities in Renfrewshire, including the
ambition to make it easier for local people to access the support they
need from different services, significantly aligned with the principles of
early intervention and prevention. 
3.2. In order to ensure a strong core central function within the Council to
support the delivery of the programme, a service redesign has recently
been completed to establish a new Connected Communities function
within the Chief Executive’s Service. This function brings together
officers working together on our community empowerment, poverty and
inequality programmes such as Fairer Renfrewshire and our community
and learning and development teams and will ensure that we have the
right resources in place to build capacity across communities,
encourage participation and involvement, and strengthen the
relationships that our services have with communities and citizens.
Completion of this internal service redesign is an important building
block for the wider Connected Communities programme.
3.3. As noted in the Leadership Board paper, significant strides have been
made in recent years in terms of supporting community capacity and
participation, progressing innovative and inclusive new approaches
such as participatory budgeting, Local Partnerships, new community
grants, regeneration programmes, Lived Experience Panels and youth
engagement initiatives. The COVID pandemic and cost of living crisis
more recently have further strengthened our local approach, but our
learning during this period has identified the opportunity to develop this
further. 
3.4. As previously reported to this board, the Community Learning and
Development function now sits within the Connected Communities
Service in the Chief Executive’s Service. This ensures community
learning and development is closely aligned to wider strategic and
community planning activities, which is very important given the role
that the Council’s skilled and experienced team play in delivering
positive outcomes for people and communities.  
3.5. Following recommendations from HMI, identified actions have
progressed across CLD and the wider CLD partnership.  A formal
progress update was submitted in April 2026 outlining
developments which included including strengthening governance and
improving outcomes, reporting and self-evaluation arrangements. A
follow up visit is scheduled for mid-May to discuss the progress report. 
The outcome of the visit will be reported to the next Communities and
Housing Policy Board. 
Page 282 of 290

Page 289

PUBLIC 
4. Six monthly progress update
4.1. The Connected Communities team delivers a range of services designed
to support and nurture Renfrewshire’s communities: 
Provide a programme of high-quality lifelong learning, accessible to all  
4.2. A review of youth work across Renfrewshire is currently being
undertaken.  A mapping exercise is currently being carried out which
includes dialogue with existing groups to ensure the accuracy of
information published.  Analysis will be carried out to identify the current
needs of young people with further discussions being held with partners
around opportunities to collaborate or address any identified gaps in
service provision. 
4.3. A full programme of Adult and Family Learning classes are on offer to
Renfrewshire residents. Classes include ESOL, Literacies, Personal
Development, Family Learning, Men's Groups and IT.  
4.4. Recent developments in our Learning programme include:  
• The AFL team deliver a wide range of ESOL provision across
Renfrewshire including Men’s Groups, Women’s Groups, Mixed Groups,
Family Learning Groups and Personal Social Development Groups in
partnership with the Resettlement Team, West College Scotland and the
Local Employability Partnership New Scots’ Support and the Integration
Network to ensure our New Scots have the support they need at the right
level to integrate within Renfrewshire.  This will be further enhanced as
outlined later in this report.   
• Our ASN Autistic Tabletop Group are continuing to develop their board
game FLIP with the Museum and were selected as a case study to be
discussed at the CLD Managers Scotland conference. 
4.5. The Duke of Edinburgh programme continues to grow each year and
provide young people with a mechanism to gain a nationally recognised
award.  A celebration event will be held at Holyrood in June 2026 for
practitioners involved in the delivery of DOE as well as recognition for
the young people receiving their Gold award. 
4.6. The annual DofE Award Ceremony was held in February, celebrating
the hard work of young people across Renfrewshire. This year, we
reached our highest number of award completions so far, showing the
growing strength and reach of DofE in the area. In total, 167 bronze
awards, 34 silver awards and 7 gold awards were awarded in 2026.
4.7. The Foxbar Youth Drop In began re-establishing its presence with open
nights and after school clubs. Early work also started to
bring GoZone back to the Glenburn community. Both projects aim to
provide safe, supportive, and accessible spaces for young people. 
4.8. Our Climate Change Champions and Active Travel programmes offered
nature events, cycling activities, and support for P7 pupils unable to
Page 283 of 290

Page 290

PUBLIC
attend their transition residential. These activities helped young people
stay active, connected with nature, and supported during key transition
moments. 
Build strong connected communities where people can participate and
influence in their local area  
4.9. Renfrewshire Youth Voice delivered another successful Positive About
Youth Awards, recognising the achievements of young people across the
area. They also presented at the Council meeting in December, further
strengthening youth representation in local decision making.  
4.10. As part of the Local Partnerships Development Programme, he Local
Partnerships undertook a priorities refresh exercise and have more
recently identified a number of actions to take forward to progress these
priorities. 
4.11. For example, Renfrew Local Partnership want to encourage local groups
and projects to connect and work together to deliver activities,
strengthening the connections between organisations/groups and
developing those relationships to nurture future collaborations and
reciprocal support. The Local Partnership Development Officer was able
to make introductions between several community groups to enable
collaboration including 2nd Centenary Scouts group participating in
Renfrew Heritage Group and Forever Young (a group for older people
engaging with art) have been able to make connections with Just Dive In
CIC to participate in aqua activities.
4.12. Within the Gleniffer Local Partnership area, Local Partnership members
identified a need to reach out to young people to strengthen their
influence on the activities of Gleniffer Local Partnership. As part of this
there was a dedicated presentation from the youth team about local
provision in Gleniffer, the members were able to ask questions and this
led to conversations about supporting existing and new activity in the
area. Moving forward, this will include connecting with schools, Pupil
Councils, community groups and other services such as Street Stuff.
4.13. Over the period, Team Up to Clean Up continued to grow its volunteer
base and online engagement, with high levels of activity across the
Facebook group with over 9,000 members having joined by the end of
March 2026.  Despite the colder, wetter weather, volunteers continue to
deliver litterpicks, cut back overgrown vegetation, and engage with their
peers. The youth team supported the Campaign by delivering
environmental awareness sessions in 4 local secondary schools. 
4.14. Over the last 5 years, Team Up to Clean Up has offered a limited number
of grit spreaders and accompanying kits to volunteers, including PPE,
salt and a risk assessment. Demand for this support is consistently high
and typically oversubscribed.
4.15. Following discussions with the Council’s Roads Team, who lead the
#RenReady winter campaign, additional funding was secured, enabling
all applicants to receive a kit this year. Neighbourhood Services
operatives also supported the delivery of the grit kits, strengthening links
Page 284 of 290

Page 291

PUBLIC
between services and volunteers while enhancing community resilience
during the winter period.
4.16. The Community Partnerships team continue to provide advice, guidance
and support corporately for other services undertaking participatory
budgeting processes. This has included supporting the design and
delivery of the You Decide Tenants programme, which is a participatory
budgeting programme aimed at empowering Renfrewshire Council
tenants to make decisions on the allocation of £600k of the council’s
housing revenue budget, over a 3 year period. 
4.17. In 25/26, the Celebrating Renfrewshire Fund supported youth projects
across Renfrewshire. Launched in 2019, Celebrating Renfrewshire is a
fund designed by and for young people, where those aged 12-25 will
have a direct say on which projects are funded in their local area. Using
a participatory budgeting model for decision making, the fund process
empowers young people to make decisions that will benefit and
enhance their local communities.
4.18. Over the last year, Celebrating Renfrewshire has supported 65 projects
from 41 groups, totalling £149,340 spent on projects for young people
across Renfrewshire, this past year. Projects include access to support
for young people's mental health through regular drop-in sessions,
inclusive dance, movement, and music workshops for young people
with additional support needs or care experience, training kits and team
clothes, and free sports and day trips.
4.19. One example of a funded project is Erskine Arts, who created a first-time
job opportunity for local 16 - 17-year-olds. This has given young people
the chance to get real work experience, build confidence, be part of a
creative, fast paced and varied arts charity while earning some money!
Another example of a funded project was the Visionary Project, which is
a youth-led group designed to create safe, inclusive, and engaging
spaces for young people from minority backgrounds throughout
Renfrewshire.
4.20. This year, work has been carried out across all schools in partnership
with Active Schools through their school ambassadors to understand
young people’s priorities and shape the fund. The fund will open for
project ideas in August at the beginning of the new school year, with
yoting carried out in the Autumn. This year, voting will be carried out
using the online democracy platform, Consul.
Deliver targeted opportunities across the CLD Partnership to reduce
barriers and tackle inequalities  
4.21. We continued to deliver the ‘Fund Your Fun’ programme, which provides
meaningful opportunities and resources to children and young people
who are looked after at home who are unable to access these without
the fund with 69 young people benefiting in 2025.  The programme was
expanded in February 2026 to include children living in Kinship Care with
79 children young people benefiting from the fund so far in 2026.   The
annual Present Drive continued to gift presents to care experienced
Page 285 of 290

Page 292

PUBLIC
young people and relieve some of the financial pressures felt by families
during the festive period with 411 presents distributed.
4.22. The team also delivered programmes tailored for care experienced
young people and improve community spaces to help them feel more
included. We also worked with the Leather Group to create murals in
the Seedhill community.
4.23. The Good Vibes Project continues to deliver targeted early intervention
support for young people identified by Community Safety partners due
to concerns regarding behaviour and community impact. The
programme provides structured, tailored sessions on a weekly basis at
the Foxbar Youth Centre, which has been selected for its safe, youth
friendly environment and facilities.
4.24. As a further developmental opportunity, young people who completed
the initial phase of the project have been offered participation in a
residential sailing experience with Ocean Youth Trust in May. This
experience is expected to provide significant personal and social
development benefits, including increased confidence, teamwork,
leadership, and resilience, aligning with the project’s core aims of
positive behavioural change and improved life chances.
4.25. The next phase of the project will focus on standardising the Good Vibes
programme model, including session structure, delivery approach, and
outcome measures. This will enable the programme to be replicated
consistently and delivered effectively within other identified
communities, supporting wider preventative and early intervention
objectives in partnership with Community Safety and local stakeholders. 
Activities are now being delivered in Paisley, Gallowhill and Linwood
with the next phase also tying in with the wider Youth Work Review to
plan and deliver targeted opportunities in areas such as Bishopton,
Erskine and Renfrew where there is currently limited youth provision.
4.26. Through the Scottish Government’s Delivering Equally Safe campaign,
the team delivered training, awareness sessions, and youth work
focused on healthy relationships and gender-based violence prevention.
Young people were reached both in schools and community settings,
making these conversations accessible and supportive.  Funding for this
programme has been extended for a further 2 years. 
4.27. Working closely with the Resettlement Team, Evolve continued
supporting young people and families new to the area. The Bring Unity to
Communities group became formally constituted and is now developing
its own opportunities with guidance from the Youth Team.  The group,
made up of Ukrainian refugee settlers aged 15–22, group has applied for
funding through Engage Renfrewshire’s InRen network and is planning
youth-led multicultural events across Renfrewshire to promote anti-
racism through music, dance, and food.  
4.28. Work has been underway to explore the development and expansion of
the Council’s English for Speakers of Other Languages (ESoL) provision,
which is a key priority of Renfrewshire’s CLD Partnership Plan. Survey
work has been undertaken with ESoL learners locally to inform the
Page 286 of 290

Page 293

PUBLIC
development of this work, with a view to offering a more flexible and
responsive ESoL offer locally alongside partners. Further information on
this will be provided at a future Communities and Housing Board.
4.29. Work continues in Gallowhill to build capacity and work alongside the
community to develop actions based on its own needs and wants. The
Fairer Renfrewshire funded Community Development Officer based in
Active Communities has launched a new Men’s drop-in, the community
lunch continues to thrive and Team Up to Clean Up continues to support
weekly litter picking, which is very much community led. In addition,
Active Communities has attracted external funding to support activities
in the area from the Community Mental Health and Wellbeing Fund and
National Lottery Young Start Fund.
4.30. Children and young people aged 5–21 living in Scotland are entitled to
free bus travel, but they need a National Entitlement Card (NEC) to use
it. Children aged 5–10 receive a Junior NEC, and those aged 11 and over
get a Young Scot NEC, which also works as recognised proof of age and
gives access to Young Scot discounts. In partnership with Transport
Scotland, Renfrewshire Council participated in the Asylum Seeker Free
Bus Travel Pilot between December 2025 and March 2026. The pilot
involved all local authorities in Scotland and was designed to provide
insight into reducing financial barriers to transport and the impacts on
supporting access to essential services, communities, and
opportunities.
4.31. The Street Stuff programme continues to be delivered in the areas that
need them most through analytical information, mainly in the evenings.
These sessions focus on sports and games to give young people a safe
and positive way to spend their time.  A new Cheerleading class
commenced in Linwood High in October 2025 building on the success of
the class delivered at the Southend Action Centre in Paisley.  Due to
their popular demand discussions are ongoing to expand cheerleading
to other areas.  
Strengthening our partnership and developing the workforce  
4.32. The Community Learning and Development team have continued to
support the development and progression of CLD professionals locally,
including:
• In November, one of our learners in West Johnstone, received an Adult
Learning award from Scotland’s Learning Partnership for her
achievements over the past few years. 
• A student from Glasgow University studying for a BA in Community
Development has completed her placement.  Our partnership with UWS
has secured another student who is still doing her placement with us.  
• Recruitment for new roles of CLD Support Workers has been completed
and new staff commenced in March. 
• Majority of the core AFL staff have been completed in First Aid in the
Workplace training completed the NHS HENRY training in
March to support parents within our service.  
Page 287 of 290

Page 294

PUBLIC
• The British Sign Language Association are now regular users of
our venues and two AFL staff completed a beginners course in BSL. 
4.33. We have continued to coordinate the collation of performance
information to support reporting on progress against the CLD Plan.  This
has included gathering data from internal services and a wide range of
CLD partners.  This process has provided valuable insight into the
different reporting cycles and requirements across the partnership,
which is informing the ongoing development of the CLD Outcomes and
Performance Framework to support clearer, more consistent reporting
of shared progress.  The Outcomes and Performance Framework is part
of the core method of recording the impact of our work, capturing the
narrative to match the qualitative data relating to programmes and
events.  
4.34. Significant progress has been made in the development of FORT, a new
recording and performance system for CLD.  Initial implementation will
focus on Adult and Family Learning and Youth Work, with further
consideration given to how the system can support the wider Connected
Communities services and corporate reporting requirements.  This will
strengthen data collection, reporting capability and insight across
services, ensuring that wider impact of CLD is included in reporting.  
4.35. Work is ongoing with partners to strengthen how learner and community
voice informs planning and development.  This will be a key focus as
planning for the next CLD Plan begins, ensuring that services continue to
be shaped by the experiences and priorities of learners and
communities.  The focus remains on embedding these developments,
the implementation of FORT, continue strengthening shared reporting
arrangements.  This will shape a consistent approach to measuring
impact across CLD, our CLD Partnership and Connected Communities. 
5 Key priorities for the next six months 
5.1 Key priorities for the next six months include: 
• Strengthening community voice by expanding mechanisms for learner
and community feedback, including a CLD Voice Forum and developing a
CLD roadshow to showcase partnership activities across communities. 
• Continuing to work with the Resettlement Team and other partners to
support New Scots, in particular developing and implementing
Renfrewshire’s offer of learning and support for English for Speakers of
other Languages.  
• Continuing to work with the Integration Network and local Community
Groups to support Community Cohesion
• Progress the Youth Work review to map existing provision across
Renfrewshire including the third sector.  Carry out analysis to identify any
gaps or duplication and target resources accordingly.
Page 288 of 290

Page 295

PUBLIC
• Develop and promote Renfrewshire’s ‘Summer of Fun’ to provide a range
of free activities for children and young people over the summer holidays,
with partners including Whole Family Wellbeing, OneRen libraries and the
third sector.
• Work with partners, including the Fairer Renfrewshire Panel to develop an
accessible welcome pack for New Scots, that will provide useful
information for anyone from an ethnically diverse background making
their home in Renfrewshire.      
Implications of the Report   
1.        Financial – None 
2.        HR & Organisational Development – None      
3. Community/Council Planning – The report details a range of activities
which reflect local community and council planning themes.   
4. Legal – None      
5. Property/Assets – None   
6.         Information Technology –None   
7. Equality & Human Rights – The report details a number of activities
carried out across the Connected Communities service which seek to
tackle inequalities across a range of protected characteristics, and in
particular advancing equality of opportunity  for a number of equality
groups who face additional barriers. 
8. Health & Safety – None   
9. Procurement – None   
10. Risk – None   
11. Privacy Impact – No ne   
12.    COSLA Policy Position – None   
13. Children’s Rights – The activities of the service play an
important role in terms of working with children and young
people to understand their rights and to achieve positive
outcomes in relation to these rights in practice. 
14. Climate Risk – there are a range of actions and activities
throughout the Service Update Report which support the
Council’s Plan for Net Zero
__________________________________________________________________   
Page 289 of 290

Page 296

PUBLIC    
List of Background Papers:   None 
Page 290 of 290